2009-11-24 17:27:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// **********************************************************************
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// NOTE: the sections are not ordered by their logical order to avoid
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// reshuffling the file each time the index order changes (i.e., often).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// Run the fixnavi.pl script to adjust the links to the index order.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								// **********************************************************************
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage{index.html}{Qt Creator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Qt Creator Manual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 18:06:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Version 1.3.84
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides integrated tools for both application designers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and developers to create applications for multiple desktop and mobile device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For application designers, Qt Creator provides two integrated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editors, \QD and \QMLD, that you can use to design and develop
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application user interfaces.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For application developers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides a cross-platform, complete integrated development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    environment (IDE) that is available for Linux,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Mac OS X and Windows operating systems. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Please report bugs and suggestions to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-28 14:36:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com}{Qt Bug Tracker}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can also join the Qt Creator mailing list. To subscribe,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    send a message with the word \e subscribe to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{mailto:qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {qt-creator-request@trolltech.com}. For more information about Qt mailing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-28 19:10:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    lists, visit \l{http://lists.trolltech.com}{http://lists.trolltech.com}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-31 16:16:37 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    <img border="0" style="float:right;" src="images/qtcreator-screenshots.png" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-31 16:16:37 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Introducing Qt Creator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Operating Systems and Supported Platforms}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Quick Tour}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Getting Started}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using the Editor}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Finding and Replacing}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Refactoring}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Searching With the Locator}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Managing Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Creating a Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Managing Sessions}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Developing Mobile Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Developing Maemo Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Developing Symbian Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Developing Usable Applications}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Debugging the Example Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Setting Up Debugger}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Tips and Tricks}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Known Issues}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Glossary}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \l{Acknowledgements}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \title Introducing Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  Qt Creator provides you with tools to design and develop user interfaces and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  complex applications for multiple desktop and mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \section1 Designing User Interfaces
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  Qt Creator provides two integrated visual editors, \QD and \QMLD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \QD is a tool for designing and building graphical user interfaces (GUIs) from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  Qt widgets. You can compose and customize your widgets or dialogs and test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  them using different styles and resolutions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  Widgets and forms created with \QD are integrated seamlessly with programmed code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  using the Qt signals and slots mechanism, that lets you easily assign behavior to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  graphical elements. All properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  Furthermore, features like widget promotion and custom plugins allow you to use your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  own widgets with \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  UIs that use widgets are clearly structured and enforce a platform look and feel,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  which makes them useful for traditional applications. However, they are static, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  do not fully make use of the large high-resolution screens, touch input, and significant
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  graphics power that are becoming common in portable consumer devices, such as mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  phones, media players, set-top boxes, and netbooks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \QMLD allows you to easily develop animations by using a declarative programming
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  language called \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/declarativeui.html}{QML}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  In QML, a user interface is specified as a tree of objects with properties.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  You use a visual editor to create items, screens, and applications, as well as define changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  in their state. \QMLD generates the necessary code for you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  You can edit the code in the code editor to add transitions from one state to another,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  and interaction to specify user actions that change the states. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \section1 Coding Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  As an IDE, Qt Creator differs from a text editor in that it knows how to build and run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  applications. It understands the code as code, not just as plain text. This allows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  it to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								  \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Enable you to write well formatted code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Anticipate what you are going to write and complete the code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Display inline error and warning messages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Enable you to semantically navigate to classes, functions, and symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Provide you with context-sensitive help on classes, functions, and symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-18 16:25:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Rename symbols in an intelligent way, so that other symbols with the same name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         that belong to other scopes are not renamed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Show you the locations in code where a function is declared or called
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \section1 Why Do You Need Projects?
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      To be able to build and run applications, Qt Creator needs the same
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      information as a compiler would need. This information is specified in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      project build and run settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      Creating a project allows you to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Group files together
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Add custom build steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Include forms and resource files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \o Specify settings for running applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      You can either create a project from scratch or import an existing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      project. Qt Creator generates all the necessary files, depending on the type of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      project you create. For example, if you choose to create a graphical user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      interface (GUI) application, Qt Creator generates an empty .ui file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      that you can modify with the integrated \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      If you choose to create a Qt Quick application, Qt Creator generates a .qml file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      that you can modify with the \QMLD visual editor and the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 12:10:49 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-overview.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Operating Systems and Supported Platforms
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Operating Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is available in binary packages for the following operating
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    systems:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Windows XP Service Pack 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Windows Vista
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o (K)Ubuntu Linux 7.04 32-bit and 64-bit with the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o g++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o make
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libglib2.0-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libSM-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxrender-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libfontconfig1-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxext-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libfreetype6-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libx11-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxcursor-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxfixes-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxft-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxi-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o libxrandr-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 16:10:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o If you are using QtOpenGL, libgl-dev and libglu-dev
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Mac OS 10.5 or later with the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o Xcode tools for your Mac OS X version available from your Mac
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                  OS X installation DVDs or at \l http://developer.apple.com.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \omit  ## Are the Xcode tools still needed separately? \endomit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Build Environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To build Qt Creator itself from the source, you need:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt 4.7 or later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o On Windows, MinGW 4.4 or Microsoft Visual Studio 2008
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Supported Mobile Device Platforms
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can develop applications for the following mobile device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    platforms:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Maemo and Maemo Application Development and Debugging Environment (MADDE)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes operating system support for building
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications for mobile device platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {1,3} Operating system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {3,1} Platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Desktop
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-os-supported-platforms.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Quick Tour
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The figure below shows some of the components of Qt Creator in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Edit} mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-breakdown.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Qt Creator Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The mode selector allows you to quickly switch between tasks such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editing project and source files, designing application UIs,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configuring how projects are built and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    executed, and debugging your applications. To change modes, click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    icons, or use the \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{corresponding keyboard shortcut}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Welcome mode for opening recent sessions and projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Using the Editor}{Edit}} mode for editing project and source files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Developing Application UI}{Design}} mode for designing and developing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           application user interfaces.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Debugging}{Debug}} mode for inspecting the state of your program while
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Managing Projects}{Projects}} mode for configuring project building and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           execution.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{\l{Getting Help}{Help}} mode for viewing Qt documentation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Certain actions in Qt Creator trigger a mode change. Clicking on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug} > \gui {Start debugging} > \gui {Start debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically switches to \gui {Debug} mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Browsing Project Contents
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the sidebar to browse files, projects and bookmarks.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-sidebar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can select the content of the sidebar in the sidebar menu:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Projects shows a list of projects open in the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{File System} shows the content of the currently selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Bookmarks shows all bookmarks for the current session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Open Documents} shows currently open files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can change the view of the sidebar in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To toggle the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-splitbar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           . Select new content to view in the split view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To close a sidebar view, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-closesidebar.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Project Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The sidebar displays projects in a project tree. The project tree contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a list of all projects open in the current session. The files for each
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project are grouped according to their file type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the project tree in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To bring up a context menu containing the actions most commonly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           needed right-click an item in the project tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           For example, through the menu of the project root directory you can,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           among other actions, build, re-build, clean and run the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To list all files in a project, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui{Simplify tree}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To hide source files which are automatically generated by the build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           system, during a build, click \inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui{Hide generated files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To toggle the synchronization of your project tree with the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           opened in the editor, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To see the absolute path of a file, move the mouse pointer over the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           file name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The task pane in Qt Creator can display one of the following panes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Build Issues}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Search Results}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Application Output}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \gui{Compile Output}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Output panes are available in all \l{Qt Creator modes}{modes}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 11:20:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Build Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Build Issues} pane provides a list of errors and warnings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    encountered during a build. The pane filters out irrelevant output from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build tools and presents the issues in an organized way.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Right-clicking on a line brings up a context menu with options to copy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the contents and to show a version control annotation view of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    line that causes the error message.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-11 11:20:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-build-issues.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Search Results
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Search Results} pane displays the results for global searches,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for example, searching within a current document, files on disk, or all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The figure below shows an example search result for all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    occurrences of \c textfinder within the \c "/TextFinder" directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-search-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Application Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Application Output} pane displays the status of a program when
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it is executed, and the debug output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The figure below shows an example output from qDebug().
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-application-output.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compile Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Compile Output} pane provides all output from the compiler.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Compile Output} is a more detailed version of information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-compile-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-12 16:29:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Getting Help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator comes fully integrated with Qt documentation and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    examples using the Qt Help plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view documentation, switch to \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To obtain context sensitive help, move the text cursor to a Qt class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or function and press \key F1. The documentation is displayed in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           pane next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           space, in the fullscreen \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-context-sensitive-help.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To select and configure how the documentation is displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Help mode, select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Help.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding External Documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can display external documentation in the \gui Help mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To augment or replace the documentation that ships with Qt Creator and Qt:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create a .qch file from your documentation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           For information on how to prepare your documentation and create a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .qch file, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 18:33:46 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.6/qthelp-framework.html}{The Qt Help Framework}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To add the .qch file to Qt Creator, select \gui Tools >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Options... > \gui Help > \gui Documentation > \gui Add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:36:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using Documentation Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can filter the documents displayed in the \gui Help mode to find
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    relevant information faster. Select from a list of filters in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Filtered by} field. The contents of the \gui Index and \gui Contents
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pane in the sidebar change accordingly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-help-filters.png "Help filters"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can modify the filters to include external documentation, for example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or you can define your own filters. To construct filters, you can use the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    filter attributes that are specified in the documentation. Each document
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    contains at least one filter attribute. If several documents contain the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    same filter attribute, such as \c tools, you can use that attribute to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    include all those documents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add filters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {Tools > Options... > Help > Filters > Add}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter a name for the filter and press \gui {OK}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui Attributes, select the documents that you want to include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the filter.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-help-filter-attributes.png "Help filter attributes"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Help mode, select the filter in the \gui {Filtered by}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        field to see the filtered documentation in the sidebar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To modify filters, select a filter in \gui Filters, select the attributes,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and then click \gui Apply.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To remove filters, select them in \gui Filters, and click \gui Remove.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Navigating with Keyboard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 20:11:04 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator caters not only to developers who are used to using the mouse,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but also to developers who are more comfortable with the keyboard. A wide
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    range of \l{keyboard-shortcuts}{keyboard} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Searching With the Locator}{navigation} shortcuts are available to help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    speed up the process of developing your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Developing Application UI
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To help you design the user interface of your application, two visual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editors are integrated into Qt Creator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \QD
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \QMLD
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The integration includes project management and code completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Qt Designer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically opens all .ui files in \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-formedit.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change the layout of \QD user interface elements:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} > \gui Views >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Locked.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           When this option is unchecked, you can change the layout.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the header of an element and drag the element to a new
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           position.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change \QD properties, select \gui Tools > \gui Options >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Designer.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the class properties and code generation preferences in \gui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Class Generation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set an additional folder for saving templates in \gui{Template
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Paths}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the grid settings and preview preferences in \gui Forms. To
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           preview your form with skins, enable \gui{Print/Preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Configuration} and select your skin. Otherwise default preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           settings are used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To preview the settings, select \gui Tools > \gui{Form Editor} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Preview, or press \key Ctrl+Alt+R.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To specify embedded device profiles, such as style, font, and screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           resolution, select \gui{Embedded Design}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on \QD, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Qt Quick Designer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can edit .qml files in the visual \QMLD editor or in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In \gui Projects, double-click a .qml file to open it in the code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editor. Then select the \gui {Design} mode to edit the file in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to enable or disable the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-visual-editor.png "Visual editor"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the visual editor panes to manage your project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Navigator} pane displays the items in the scene. You can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    show and hide items to focus on specific parts of the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Library} pane displays lists of predefined \gui {Items} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    imported \gui {Resources} that you can use to design applications. The
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    images and other files that you copy to the project folder appear in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Resources} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {Properties} pane displays the properties of the selected component.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     You can also change the properties in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui {State} pane displays the different states of the component. To add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    states, click the empty slot. Then modify the new state in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the code editor, you can see the changes recorded as changes to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the base state.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using the Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator's code editor is designed to aid you in creating, editing and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    navigating code.  Qt Creator's code editor is fully equipped with syntax
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    checking, code completion, context sensitive help and in-line error
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    indicators while you are typing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Configuring the Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to configure the text editor to suit your specific
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 15:13:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    needs. To configure the editor, select  \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can perform the following configuration actions:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set the font preferences and apply syntax highlighting in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Font & Colors}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set tabs, indentation and the handling of whitespace in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Behavior.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set various display properties, for example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{Highlighting and folding blocks}{highlighting and folding blocks},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           text wrapping or \l{Moving to symbol definition or declaration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {moving to symbol definition or declaration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in \gui Display.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 18:33:46 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Configure \l{Code Completion}{code completion} in \gui Completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Editor Toolbar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The editor toolbar is located at the top of the editor view. The editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    toolbar is context sensitive and shows items relevant to the file currently
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    open in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-editortoolbar-symbols.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the toolbar to navigate between open files and symbols in use:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To browse forward or backward through your location history, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To go to any open file, select it from the \gui{Open files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           drop-down menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To jump to any symbol used in the current file, select it from the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Symbols drop-down menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you create or edit forms in a \c{.ui} file, the toolbar contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Designer specific tools.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Splitting the Editor View
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Split the editor view when you want to work on and view multiple files on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the same screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-spliteditorview.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can split the editor view in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Window > \gui Split or press \key{Ctrl+E, 2}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Split command creates views below the currently active editor view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To split the editor view into adjacent views, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Window > \gui{Split Side by Side} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key{Ctrl+E, 3}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Side by side split command creates views to the right of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           currently active editor view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move between split views, select \gui Window >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Go to Next Split} or press \key{Ctrl+E, O}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To remove a split view, place the cursor within the view you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    remove and select \gui Window > \gui{Remove Current Split} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key{Ctrl+E, 0}. To remove all but the currently selected split view,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui Window > \gui{Remove All Splits} or press \key{Ctrl+E, 1}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Highlighting and Folding Blocks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use block highlighting to visually separate parts of the code that belong
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    together. For example, when you place the cursor within the braces,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the code enclosed in braces is highlighted.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-blockhighlighting.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable block highlighting, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Highlight blocks}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the folding markers to collapse and expand blocks of code within
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    braces. Click the folding marker to collapse or expand a block. In the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    figure above, the folding markers are located between the line number and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the text pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To show the folding markers, select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Display > \gui{Display folding markers}. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    option is enabled by default.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Syntax Checking
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you write code Qt Creator checks code syntax. When Qt Creator spots a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax error in your code it underlines it and shows error details when you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    move the mouse pointer over the error.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Syntax errors are underlined in red.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           In the following figure, a semicolon is missing at the end of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           line.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-syntaxerror.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Semantic errors and warnings are underlined in olive.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           In the following figure, the type is unknown.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-semanticerror.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Code Completion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you write code, Qt Creator provides a list of context-sensitive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    suggestions to the statement currently under your cursor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-codecompletion.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Set code completion preferences in \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Completion. To trigger code completion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    manually press \key{Ctrl+Space}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 16:10:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When completion is invoked manually, Qt Creator completes the common prefix
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of the list of suggestions. This is especially useful for classes with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    several similarly named members. To disable this functionality, uncheck
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Autocomplete common prefix} in the code completion preferences.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table lists available types for code completion and icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    used for each.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Icon
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Description
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-27 15:06:36 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/class.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/enum.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  An enum
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/enumerator.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  An enumerator (value of an enum)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/func_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/var_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected variable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/signal.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A signal
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_priv.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A private slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/slot_prot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A protected slot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/keyword.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A keyword
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/macro.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A macro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \inlineimage completion/namespace.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  A namespace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Bookmarks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To insert or delete a bookmark right-click the line number and select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Toggle Bookmark} or press \key{Ctrl+M}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-togglebookmark.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To go to previous bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+,}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To go to next bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+.}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Creator you can move directly to the definition or the declaration of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a symbol by holding the \key Ctrl and clicking the symbol.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 15:13:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable this moving function, in \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-12 16:10:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Text Editor} > \gui Behavior select \gui{Enable mouse navigation}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Update Code Model
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To refresh the internal information in Qt Creator pertaining to your code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui{Tools} > \gui{C++} > \gui{Update code model}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note In Qt Creator indexing updates the code automatically. Use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Update code model} only as an emergency command.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 15:39:28 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Creator, you can paste snippets of code to a server or fetch
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    snippets of code from the server. To paste and fetch snippets of code,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{CodePaster}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Pastebin.Com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{Pastebin.Ca}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To configure the server, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To paste a snippet of code onto the server, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+P}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To fetch a snippet of code from the server, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...} or press \key{Alt+C,Alt+F}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To use \gui{Pastebin.Com}, configure the domain
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    prefix in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Code Pasting} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Pastebin.com}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 11:19:53 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, you might ask colleagues to review a change that you plan to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    submit to a version control system. If you use the git version control system,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you can create a \e{diff} view by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Diff Repository}. You can then upload its contents to the server by choosing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Paste Snippet...}. The reviewers can retrieve
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the code snippet by selecting \gui{Tools} > \gui{Code Pasting} > \gui{Fetch Snippet...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If they have the project currently opened in Qt Creator, they can apply and test
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the change by choosing \gui{Tools} > \gui{Git} > \gui{Apply Patch}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 10:19:25 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-29 13:59:29 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using FakeVim Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, you can run the main editor in a manner similar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the Vim editor. To run the editor in the \gui{FakeVim} mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Edit} > \gui{Advanced} > \gui{Toggle vim-style editing} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key{Alt+V,Alt+V}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{FakeVim} mode, most keystrokes in the main editor will be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    intercepted and interpreted in a way that resembles Vim.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To map commands entered on the \gui{FakeVim} command line to actions of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator core, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{FakeVim} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Ex Command Mapping}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To make changes to the \gui{Vim style settings}, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui{General}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using an External Editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open the file you are currently viewing in an external editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Edit > \gui Advanced > \gui{Open in External Editor}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use the external editor of your choice:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Add the editor path to the \c{PATH} environment variable of your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           operating system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In Qt Creator select \gui Tools > \gui Options... >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Environment > \gui General.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{External editor} enter the name of the application followed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           by \key Space and \tt{\bold %f}. For example, to open the file in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Smultron, enter \tt{\bold{smultron %f}}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To further define how to open the file in the external editor, you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           can use the following variables separated by a space:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Current line number \tt{\bold %l}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Current column number \tt{\bold %c}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's x position on the screen \tt{\bold %x}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's y position on the screen \tt{\bold %y}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's width in pixels \tt{\bold %w}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's height in pixels \tt{\bold %h}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's width in characters \tt{\bold %W}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Editor's height in characters \tt{\bold %H}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To pass % symbol to the editor \tt{\bold %%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note Not all variables work with all editors.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Finding and Replacing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To search through the currently open file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Ctrl+F or select \gui Edit > \gui Find/Replace >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Find/Replace}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the text you are looking for.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           If the text is found, all occurrences are highlighted as you type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To go to the next occurrence, click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           , or press \key F3. To go to the previous occurrence click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           , or press \key Shift+F3.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To narrow your search results, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui Find/Replace pane and select any of the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    preferences:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To make your search case sensitive, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-casesensitive.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To search only whole words, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-wholewords.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To search using regular expressions, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-editor-regularexpressions.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Regular expressions used in Qt Creator are modeled on Perl regular
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           expressions. For more information on using regular expressions, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l {http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.6/qregexp.html#details}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Detailed Description} in the QRegExp Class Reference.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you have selected text before selecting \gui Find/Replace, the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    search is conducted within the selection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To replace occurrences of the existing text, enter the new text in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Replace with} text box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the next one,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           click \inlineimage qtcreator-next.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           or press \key Ctrl+=.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace the selected occurrence and move to the previous one,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           click \inlineimage qtcreator-previous.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace all occurrences in the file, click \gui{Replace All}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Advanced Search
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To search through projects, files on a file system or the currently open
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Ctrl+Shift+F or select \gui Edit >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Find/Replace > \gui{Advanced Find} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Open Advanced Find...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the scope of your search:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{All Projects} searches files matching the defined file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               pattern in all currently open projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               For example, to search for \tt previewer only in \tt .cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               and \tt .h files, enter in \gui{File pattern}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \tt *.cpp,*.h.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \image qtcreator-search-allprojects.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Current Project} searches files matching the defined file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               pattern only in the project you are currently editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Files on File System} recursively searches files matching
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the defined file pattern in the selected directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \gui{Current File} searches only the current file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the text you are looking for and click \gui Search.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-searchresults.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           A list of files containing the searched text is displayed in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To see all occurrences in a file, double-click the file name in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o To go to an occurrence, double-click it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-finding.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Refactoring
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 14:16:57 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Code refactoring is the process of changing the code without modifying the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    existing functionality of your application. By refactoring your code you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve internal quality of your application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve performance and extensibility
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Improve code readability and maintainability
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Simplify code structure
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Finding Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To find the use of a specific symbol in your project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the editor place the cursor on the symbol and select \gui Tools
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           > \gui C++ > \gui{Find Usages} or press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key Ctrl+Shift+U.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Qt Creator looks for the symbol in the following locations:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Files listed as a part of the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Files directly used by the project files (for example, generated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               files)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Header files of used frameworks and libraries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-refactoring-find.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can browse the search results in the following ways:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To go directly to an instance, double-click the instance in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To move between instances, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-forward.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-back.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in the \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To expand and collapse the list of all instances, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-expand.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To clear the search results, click \inlineimage qtcreator-clear.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-16 17:36:17 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Renaming Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To rename a specific symbol in your project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the editor, place the cursor on the symbol you would like to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           change and select \gui Tools > \gui C++ >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Rename Symbol Under Cursor} or press \key Ctrl+Shift+R.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The \gui{Search Results} pane opens and shows the location and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           number of instances of the symbol in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-refactoring-replace.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To replace all selected instances, enter the name of the new symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           in the \gui{Replace with} text box and click \gui Replace.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To omit an instance, uncheck the check-box next to the instance.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note This action replaces all selected instances of the symbol in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           all files listed in the \gui{Search Results} pane. You cannot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           undo this action.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Renaming local symbols does not open the \gui{Search Results} pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The instances of the symbol are highlighted in code and you can edit the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    symbol. All instances of the local symbol are changed as you type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-14 16:02:50 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Managing Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    One of the major advantages of Qt Creator is that it allows a team of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    developers to share a project across different development platforms with a common
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tool for development and debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The recommended way to build a project is to use a \l{Using Version Control Systems} {version control system}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Store and edit only project source files and the .pro and .pri files (for qmake)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or CMakeLists.txt and *.cmake files (for CMake). Do not store
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files generated by the build system or Qt Creator, such as makefiles,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    .pro.user, and object files. Other approaches are possible,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    but we recommend that you do not use network resources, for example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to specify separate \l{Build Settings} {build settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 15:18:51 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for each development platform. By default, \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds} are used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    keep the build specific files separate from the source.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create separate versions of project files to keep platform-dependent
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code separate. You can use qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.2/qmake-tutorial.html#adding-platform-specific-source-files}{scopes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to select the file to process depending on which platform qmake is run on.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Items such as open files, breakpoints, and watches are stored in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Managing Sessions}{sessions}. They are not considered to be part of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information shared across platforms.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    qmake and CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that do not use qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or CMake, and specify that Qt Creator ignores your build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To work with \bold{qmake projects}, open a \c .pro file. For more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          information, see \l{Setting Up a qmake Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To work with \bold{CMake projects} you need to have CMake version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          2.8.0 or later installed. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To work with \bold{generic projects}, specify which files belong to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          your project and which include directories or defines you want to pass
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          to your compiler. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To change the location of the project directory, and to make changes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings, select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Projects} > \gui{General}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 External Libraries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax highlighting for external libraries as if they were a part of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    current project or the Qt library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The procedure of adding a library to a project depends on the type of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project, which influences the build system used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o For information on adding external libraries to qmake projects, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Adding External Libraries to a qmake Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o For information on adding external libraries to CMake projects, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Adding External Libraries to a CMake Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You use wizards to create and import several types of projects and files, such
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as Qt GUI or console applications and Qt Quick applications. You can also use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    wizards to add individual files to your projects. For example, you can create
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following types of files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt resource files, which allow you to store binary files in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        application executable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \QD forms and Qt QML files, which specify parts of application user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        interfaces
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o C++ class, source, or header files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The wizards prompt you to enter the settings needed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for that particular type of project and create the necessary files for you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-new-project.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Project Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a new project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project} and select the type of your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The contents of the following dialogs depend on the project type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Follow the instructions of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           This example uses \gui {Qt Gui Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Name the project and set its path. To select the path from a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           directory tree, click \gui Browse.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Avoid using spaces and special characters in the project name and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           path.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Specify the name of the class you want to create and using the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           drop-down menu select its base class type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Note that the \gui{Header file}, \gui{Source file} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Form file} fields are automatically updated as you name your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-class-info.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To create the project, click \gui Finish.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding New Project Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have a team working on a large application or several applications,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you might want to standardize the way the team members create projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and classes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the wizard templates in the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folder to create your own project and class wizards. Qt Creator looks in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folder and adds all wizards defined in wizard.xml files to the \gui New dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that opens when you select \gui {File > New File or Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In a project wizard, you can specify the files needed in a project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add wizard pages to allow developers to specify settings for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    projcet.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In a class wizard, you can allow developers to specify the class name, base
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    class, and header and source files for the class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To see how this works, rename wizard_example.xml as wizard.xml in the helloworld
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and listmodels folders. After you restart Qt Creator, the \gui {Custom Classes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \gui {Custom Projects} categories appear in the \gui New dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-custom-project-wizards.png "The New dialog with custom projects and classes"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Project Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a project wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Make a copy of the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/helloworld} or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/listmodel} folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Modify the wizard_example.xml file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code determines the type of the wizard and its place
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        in the \gui New dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <wizard version="1" kind="project"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        class="qt4project" firstpage="10"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        id="A.HelloWorld" category="B.CustomProjects">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c version is the version of the file contents. Do not modify this value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c kind specifies the type of the wizard: \c project or \c class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c class specifies the type of the project. Currently the only available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            type is \c qt4project, which specifies a Qt console project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c firstpage specifies the place of the new page in the standard project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            wizard. The value 10 ensures that the custom page appears after the standard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            pages, as the last page of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c id is the unique identifier for your wizard. The letter specifies the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            position of the wizard within the \c category. The HelloWorld wizard appears
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            as the first wizard in the second category in the \gui New dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c category is the category in which to place the wizard in the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            The letter specifies the position of the category in the list in the \gui New
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies the icon and text that appear in the \gui New
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <icon>console.png</icon>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <description>Creates a hello-world-project with custom message.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt ein Hello-Welt-Projekt mit einer Nachricht.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displayname>Hello World</displayname>;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displayname xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt</displayname>;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displaycategory>Custom Projects</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Projekte</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c icon appears next to the \c displayName.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c description appears at the bottom of the \gui New dialog when you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            select the display name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c displayName appears in the \gui New dialog, under the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \c displayCategory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can add translations as values for the text elements. Specify the target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            language as an attribute for the element. Use locale names (QLocale).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            For example, \c {xml:lang="de"}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="main.cpp" openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="project.pro" target="%ProjectName%.pro" openproject="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c source specifies the file to copy to the project. The files must be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            located in the wizard folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c target specifies the new filename for the file. The \c {%ProjectName%}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            variable is replaced with the string that users specify in the \gui Name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            field on the first page of the wizard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c openproject indicates that the file is a project file which is to be opened
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            after the wizard has finished.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c openeditor indicates that the file is to be opened in an editor after
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the wizard has finished.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code creates a page that specifies settings for the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <!-- Create a 2nd wizard page with parameters -->
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle>Hello World Parameters</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Hallo Welt Parameter</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field mandatory="true" name="MESSAGE">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator='^[^"]+$'  defaulttext="Hello world!" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Hello world message:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Hallo-Welt-Nachricht:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fieldpagetitle specifies the title of the page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c field specifies whether the field is mandatory (\c true or \c false).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can use the value of the \c name field as a variable in other files (for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            example, \c {%MESSAGE%}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fieldcontrol specifies the field. \c class specifies the field type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can use interface objects from the QWidget class to create fields. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            example uses QLineEdit to create an input field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c validator specifies a regular expression to check the characters allowed in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c defaulttext specifies text that appears in the field by default.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o \c fielddescription specifies the field name that appears on the wizard page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Class Wizards
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The widget.xml file for a class wizard is very similar to that for a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    wizard. The differences are discussed below.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a class wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies settings for the wizard:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <wizard version="1" kind="class" id="A.ListModel" category="B.CustomClasses">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <description>Creates a QAbstractListModel implementation.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <description xml:lang="de">Erzeugt eine Implementierung von QAbstractListModel.</description>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displayname>QAbstractListModel implementation</displayname>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displayname xml:lang="de">Implementierung von QAbstractListModel</displayname>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displaycategory>Custom Classes</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           <displaycategory xml:lang="de">Benutzerdefinierte Klassen</displaycategory>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For more information about the elements and their values, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \l {Creating Project Wizards}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-19 17:17:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="listmodel.cpp" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppSourceSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <file source="listmodel.h" target="%ClassName:l%.%CppHeaderSuffix%"  openeditor="true" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 17:12:11 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </files>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Here, \c target contains the following variables that are used to construct
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the filename:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {%ClassName:l%} is replaced with the value of the \c ClassName field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The modifier \c l converts the string to lower case, to observe Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        conventions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} is replaced by the default source suffix, which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is defined in Qt Creator in \gui {Tools > Options > C++ > File Naming}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For example, if users enter \bold MyClass, the filename becomes myclass.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        when the project is created.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} is replaced by the default header suffix, which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is also defined in \gui {File Naming}. Here, the filename would
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        become myclass.h.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The following code creates a page that allows users to select the class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        name, base class, and header and source files for the class:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <!-- Create parameter wizard page -->
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle>ListModel parameters</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fieldpagetitle xml:lang="de">Parameter des ListModel</fieldpagetitle>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        <fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field name="ClassName">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QLineEdit" validator="^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$" defaulttext="MyListModel" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Class name:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Klassenname:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            <field name="Datatype">
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fieldcontrol class="QComboBox" combochoices="QString,int" defaultindex="0" />
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription>Data type:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                <fielddescription xml:lang="de">Datentyp:</fielddescription>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            </field>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        </fields>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        In addition to QLineEdit, QComboBox is used in the class wizard to create
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        a field. \c combochoices specifies the options in the combobox and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c defaultindex specifies that QString is the default value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 14:29:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-creating.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a qmake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The qmake tool helps simplify the build process for development projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    across different platforms. qmake automates the generation of makefiles
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    so that only a few lines of information are needed to create each makefile.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    qmake can be used for any software project, whether it is written in Qt or not.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The qmake tool generates a makefile based on the information in a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file that is generated by Qt Creator. It can generate makefiles for MinGW,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Microsoft Visual studio, and CSL ARM in Windows, and GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC) in Linux and Mac OS X.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about qmake, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.2/qmake-manual.html}{qmake Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Selecting the Qt Version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to have multiple versions of Qt installed on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your computer and use different versions for each of your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If Qt Creator finds \bold qmake in the \c{PATH} environment variable, it uses
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that version. The \l{glossary-system-qt}{ qmake version of Qt} is referred
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to as \bold{Qt in PATH}. If you intend to use only one version of Qt and it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is already in the \c{PATH} and correctly set up for command line use, you do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    not need to manually configure your Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note By default, Qt Creator compiles projects with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{glossary-default-qt}{default Qt version}. For information on how to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    override this setting, see \l{Build Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version for \bold MinGW:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-windows-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the qmake binary path in the \gui{qmake Location}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the MinGW installation path in the \gui{MinGW Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-mingw.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version for a \bold{Microsoft Visual C++} compiler:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt Creator automatically sets the correct environment variables for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           compilation. Select the internal version number of the installed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Microsoft Visual C++ tool chains using the \gui MSVC drop-down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           box:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \bold 7.1 for Visual Studio 2003
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \bold 8.0 for Visual Studio 2005
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \bold 9.0 for Visual Studio 2008
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note If you are using the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \bold{Windows SDK for Windows Server 2008}, Qt Creator identifies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           it as version 9.0.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-msvc.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you are using \bold{Qt for Symbian} and your S60 SDK is registered
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with devices.exe, Qt Creator automatically detects the Qt version. To add a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt for Symbian version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the \gui{S60 SDK} you want the Qt Creator to use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-symbian.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To build an application for your device using GCCE, enter the path
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           to the \bold{CSL ARM Toolchain} directory in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{CSL\\GCCE Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           You do not need to specify this path if the compiler is included in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the \c{PATH} environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To build an application for the emulator (WINSCW toolchain), enter
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the path to your Carbide C++ installation directory in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Carbide Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note You need to have Carbide C++ version 2.0 or later installed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects With Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Linux uses GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC). Intel Compiler Collection (ICC) is supported as a drop-in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    replacement for GCC.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-linux-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to qmake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Compiling Projects With Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To compile a project in Qt Creator, Mac OS X uses GNU Compiler Collection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (GCC), which is part of Xcode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a Qt version:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Qt Creator} > \gui Preferences... > \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \inlineimage qtcreator-macosx-add.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and enter the name of the version in \gui{Version Name}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter the path to the qmake binary in \gui{Path to qmake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up a Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To view and modify the settings for currently open projects, switch to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Projects mode by pressing \key Ctrl+4.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-projectpane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The project pane consists of the following tabs:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Editor Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Dependencies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use the \gui Build and \gui Run buttons on *Desktop* to switch between
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the build and run settings for the active project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have multiple projects open in Qt Creator, use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Select a Project} option at the top to navigate between different
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project edits.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Build Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Different build configurations allow you to quickly switch between
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    different build settings. By default, Qt Creator creates \bold debug
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \bold release build configurations. The \bold{debug} and \bold{release}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build configurations both use the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{glossary-default-qt}{default Qt version}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-ppbuildsettings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding and Removing Build Configurations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a new build configuration, click \gui Add and select the type of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configuration you would like to add. You can add as many build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    configurations as you need.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To delete the build configuration currently selected, click \gui Remove.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Editing Build Configurations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To edit a build configuration:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the build configuration you want to edit in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Edit Build Configuration}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In section \gui General, you can specify:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 08:53:01 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o The \l{glossary-project-qt}{Qt version} you want to use to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               build your project. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{Selecting the Qt version}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o The toolchain required to build the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 15:18:51 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o By default, projects are built in a separate directory
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               from the source directory, as \l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow builds}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               This keeps the files generated for each target platform separate.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \note Shadow building is not supported by the Symbian build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Also, shadow building on Windows is not supported for Maemo.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               If you only build for one target platform, you can deselect
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               the \gui{Shadow Build} checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 08:53:01 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Build Steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The build system of Qt Creator is built on qmake and make. In
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Build Steps} you can change the settings for qmake and make. Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator runs the make command using the Qt version defined for the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build configuration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Clean Steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the cleaning process to remove intermediate files. This process
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    might help you to fix obscure issues during the process of building a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can define the cleaning steps for your builds in the \gui{Clean Steps}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To add a clean step using make or a custom process, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Add clean step} and select the type of step you want to add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           By default, custom steps are disabled. Activate custom steps by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           checking the \gui{Enable Custom Process Step} check-box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To remove a clean step, click \gui{Remove clean step} and select the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           step you want to remove.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To change the order of steps, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-movestep.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Build Environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can specify the environment you want to use for building in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \bold{Build Environment} section. By default, the environment in which Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator was started is used and modified to include the Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Depending on the selected Qt version, Qt Creator automatically sets the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    necessary environment variables. You can edit existing environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    variables or add, reset and unset new variables based on your project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    requirements.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Run Settings
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically creates run configurations for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    These run configurations derive their executable from the parsed .pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files. You can also create custom executable run configurations where you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can set the executable to be run.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 12:24:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-pprunsettings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 12:24:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 File Encoding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To define the default file encoding, select the desired encoding in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Editor Settings}. By default, the Qt Creator uses the file encoding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    used by your system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Dependencies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have multiple projects loaded in your session, you can define the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    dependencies between them. Inter-project dependencies affect the build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    order of your projects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Inter-project dependencies are unrelated inside a qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To define the dependencies between projects:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the project for which you want to configure dependencies.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Check the checkboxes in the Dependencies section to select other
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           projects as dependencies.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding External Libraries to a qmake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax highlighting as if they were part of the current project or the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add an external library:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:10:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open your project file (.pro) using the \gui Projects pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Follow the instructions at \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/latest/qmake-project-files.html#declaring-other-libraries}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Declaring other Libraries}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Syntax completion and highlighting work once your project successfully
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    builds and links against the external library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 14:29:59 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-quick-tour.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Getting Started
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section contains examples that illustrate how to use Qt Creator and the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    integrated design tools, \QD and \QMLD, to create simple applications:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-editor-using.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Qt Quick Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note This tutorial assumes that you are familiar with the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/declarativeui.html}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {QML declarative language}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator to create a small animated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Quick application, Hello World.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-helloworld.png "Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating the Hello World Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Create the project with the \gui{Help} mode active so that you can follow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    these instructions while you work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application > OK}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {Hello World}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The HelloWorld project now contains the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o HelloWorld.qmlproject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o HelloWorld.qml
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qmldesigner-new-project-contents.png "HelloWorld project contents"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .qmlproject file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image files in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the project folder belong to the project. The .qml file contains some example
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    code that specifies the screen size (200x200) and a label that contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the text \bold {Hello World}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Designing the User Interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Edit} mode, double-click the HelloWorld.qml file in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         the \gui{Projects} pane to open it in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To set the screen size to that of some Symbian devices in portrait
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        mode, for example, change the \c width to \bold 240 and \c height to \bold 320.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-helloworld-screen-size.png "Setting the screen size"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Design} to design the UI in the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Restart Qt Creator to enable the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Drag and drop a \gui {Rectangle} from the \gui {Library} pane to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        scene.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-helloworld-widget-add.png "Add component to Hello World"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Edit the \gui {Properties} of the component to turn it into a red ball:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o In the \gui {Colors} section, click the color picker to select a red
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            color.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o In the \gui {Radius} field, use the slider to set the radius value
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            to \bold 50.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qmldesigner-helloworld-widget-edit.png "Edit the component"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To create a blue ball, press \key {Ctrl+C} and \key {Ctrl+V} to copy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and paste the red one, and then change its color to blue.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-helloworld-base-state.png "Hello World first view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The first view of your application is now ready.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note You can use graphical design tools to create nice images and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        copy them to the projects folder to display them in the \gui {Library}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        pane in \gui {Resources}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui State pane, click the plus sign to add another view, or \e state
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Modify the state by dragging and dropping the widgets to switch their
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        places.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-helloworld-state1.png "Hello World second view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Animating the Scene
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Animate the scene so that the widgets appear to switch places
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on the screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui {Edit} to open HelloWorld.qml in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Add the following code to create a transition:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            transitions: [
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Transition {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                NumberAnimation { properties: "x, y"; duration: 500 }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note The code editor completes the code for you as you type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Click the \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        button to check that the application can be built and run.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding Interaction
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Add interaction to the scene to allow users to click on the screen to start
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the animation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Design} to open HelloWorld.qml in the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Drag and drop a \gui {Mouse Area} from the \gui {Library} to the scene.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Properties} pane, \gui {Geometry} tab, click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \inlineimage qmldesigner-anchor-fill-screen.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        button to make the mouse region cover the whole screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the code editor, use data binding to add a \c when statement to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the states sections, as illustrated by the following code:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        states: [
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            State {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                name: "State1"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                when: mousearea1.pressed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Buiding and Running the Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key {Ctrl+R} to build and run the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click the screen and keep the mouse button pressed down to run the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        animation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note In the \gui {QML Viewer}, select \gui {Skin} and select a mobile device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    type to view the application as on a mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-getting-started.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-writing-program.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-qml-application.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Creating a Qt C++ Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note This tutorial assumes that you have experience in writing basic Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications, using \QD to design user interfaces and using the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Resource System.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This tutorial describes how to use Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to create a small Qt application, Text Finder. It is a simplified version of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QtUiTools \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/uitools-textfinder.html}{Text Finder}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-screenshot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Your Environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically detects whether the location of Qt is in your \c PATH variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you have installed several Qt versions, follow the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    instructions in \l{Selecting the Qt version} to set the Qt path.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating the Text Finder Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Create the project with the \gui{Help} mode active so that you can follow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    these instructions while you work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt Application Project > Qt Gui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Application > OK}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-new-project.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Introduction and Project Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-intro-and-location.png "Introduction and Project Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Select Required Qt Versions} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-new-project-qt-versions.png "Select Required Qt Versions dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Next} to use the Qt version set in the path in your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Class Information} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-class-info.png "Class Information dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Class Name} field, type \bold {TextFinder} as the class name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Base Class} list, select \bold {QWidget} as the base class type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note The \gui{Header File}, \gui{Source File} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Form File} fields are automatically updated to match the name of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           class.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-new-project-summary.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} to create the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The TextFinder project now contains the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.h
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o main.cpp
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.ui
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o textfinder.pro
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-contents.png "TextFinder project contents"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .h and .cpp files come with the necessary boiler plate code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The .pro file is complete.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Filling in the Missing Pieces
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Begin by designing the user interface and then move on to filling
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the missing code. Finally, add the find functionality.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Designing the User Interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Editor} mode, double-click the textfinder.ui file in the \gui{Projects}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    view to launch the integrated \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Drag and drop the following widgets to the form:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Label} (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qlabel.html}{QLabel})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Line Edit} (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qlineedit.html}{QLineEdit})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{Push Button} (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qpushbutton.html}{QPushButton})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui-widgets.png "Adding widgets to Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Double-click the \gui{Label} widget and enter the text \bold{Keyword}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Double-click the \gui{Push Button} widget and enter the text \bold{Find}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui Properties pane, change the \gui objectName to \bold findButton.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-objectname.png "Changing object names"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Press \key {Ctrl+A} to select the widgets and click \gui{Lay out Horizontally}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (or press \gui{Ctrl+H}) to apply a horizontal layout
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qhboxlayout.html}{QHBoxLayout}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-texfinder-ui-horizontal-layout.png "Applying horizontal layout"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Drag and drop a \gui{Text Edit} widget (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextedit.html}{QTextEdit})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the form.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Select the screen area and click \gui{Lay out Vertically} (or press \gui{Ctr+V})
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to apply a vertical layout (\l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qvboxlayout.html}{QVBoxLayout}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-textfinder-ui.png "Text Finder UI"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Applying the horizontal and vertical layouts ensures that the application UI scales to different
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    screen sizes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o To call a find function when users press the \gui Find button, you use the Qt signals
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and slots mechanism. A signal is emitted when a particular event occurs and a slot is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a function that is called in response to a particular signal. Qt widgets have predefined
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    signals and slots that you can use directly from \QD. To add a slot for the find function:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Right-click the \gui Find button to open a context-menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select \gui {Go to Slot > clicked()}, and then select \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            A private slot, \c{on_findButton_clicked()}, is added to the header file,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            textfinder.h and a private function, \c{TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            is added to the source file, textfinder.cpp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Press \gui{Ctrl+S} to save your changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about designing forms with \QD, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/designer-manual.html}{Qt Designer Manual}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing the Header File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The textfinder.h file already has the necessary #includes, a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    constructor, a destructor, and the \c{Ui} object. You need to add a private
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function, \c{loadTextFile()}, to read and display the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    contents of the input text file in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextedit.html}{QTextEdit}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the \c{textfinder.h} file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Add a private function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the \c{private} section, after the \c{Ui::TextFinder} function, as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.h 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 14:45:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Completing the Source File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that the header file is complete, move on to the source file,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   textfinder.cpp.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o In the \gui{Projects} view, double-click the textfinder.cpp file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to open it for editing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Add code to load a text file using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:08:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qfile.html}{QFile}, read it with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextstream.html}{QTextStream}, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    then display it on \c{textEdit} with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-08 15:54:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This is illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o To use \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qfile.html}{QFile} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextstream.html}{QTextStream}, add the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following #includes to textfinder.cpp:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o For the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot, add code to extract the search string and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:08:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextedit.html#find}{find()} function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to look for the search string within the text file. This is illustrated by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o Once both of these functions are complete, add a line to call \c{loadTextFile()} in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the constructor, as illustrated by the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-02 13:33:40 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \snippet examples/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c{on_findButton_clicked()} slot is called automatically in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the uic generated ui_textfinder.h file by this line of code:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 17:57:43 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName(TextFinder);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating a Resource File
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You need a resource file (.qrc) within which you embed the input
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    text file. The input file can be any .txt file with a paragraph of text.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Create a text file called input.txt and store it in the textfinder
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add a resource file:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Qt > Qt Resource File > OK}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard.png "New File or Project dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui {Choose the Location} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard2.png "Choose the Location dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:48:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Name} field, enter \bold{textfinder}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Path} field, enter \c{C:\Qt\examples\TextFinder},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and click \gui{Next}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 14:48:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The \gui{Project Management} dialog opens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource-wizard3.png "Project Management dialog"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Add to project} field, select \bold{TextFinder.pro}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and click \gui{Finish} to open the file in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Prefix}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Prefix} field, replace the default prefix with a slash (/).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Add > Add Files}, to locate and add input.txt.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-add-resource.png "Editing resource files"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Compiling and Running Your Program
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Now that you have all the necessary files, click the \inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button to compile your program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Version control systems supported by Qt Creator are:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Version Control System}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Address}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i \bold{Notes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{git}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://git-scm.com/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Subversion}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://subversion.tigris.org/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Perforce}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://www.perforce.com}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-08 12:51:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Server version 2006.1 and later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-07 18:25:45 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{CVS}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://www.cvshome.org}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Mercurial}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \l{http://mercurial.selenic.com/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Qt Creator 2.0 and later
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses the version control system's command line clients to access
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your repositories. To set up the version control system's command line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    clients to access your repositories, make sure that the command line clients
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can be located using the \c{PATH} environment variable or specify the path to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the command line client executables, in the settings pages shown by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Common Options
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Version Control} > \gui{Common}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to view the common settings for version control systems. The following are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the options present in \gui{Common}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o   \gui{Submit message checking script} is a script or program that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             can be used to perform checks on the submit message before
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             submitting. The submit message is passed in as the script's first
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             parameter. If there is an error, the script should output a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             message on standard error and return a non-zero exit code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o    \gui{User/alias configuration file} takes a file in mailmap format
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             that lists user names and aliases. For example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Jon Doe <Jon.Doe@company.com>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Hans Mustermann <Hans.Mustermann@company.com> hm <info@company.com>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \note The second line above specifies the alias \e{hm} and the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             corresponding email address for \e{Hans Mustermann}. If the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             user/alias configuration file is present, the submit editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             displays a context menu with \gui{Insert name...} that pops up a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             dialog letting the user select a name.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o    \gui{User fields configuration file} is a simple text file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             consisting of lines specifying submit message fields that take
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             user names, for example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Reviewed-by:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             Signed-off-by:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								             \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The fields above appear below the submit message. They provide completion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for the aliases/public user names specified in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \e{User/alias configuration file} as well as a button that opens the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    aforementioned user name dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating VCS Repositories for New Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows for creating VCS repositories for version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    control systems that support local repository creation, such as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \bold{git} or \bold{hg}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When creating a new project by selecting \gui File >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{New File or Project...}, you can choose a version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    control system in the final wizard page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:07:25 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Version Control Systems
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The version control sub-menus are in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Version Control} page also displays the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    version control system managing the current project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Under \gui{Application Output} > \gui{Version Control}, there is an output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pane showing the commands that are executed, prepended by a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    timestamp and the relevant output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-pane.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you create a new file or a new project, the wizard displays a page
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    asking whether the files should be added to a version control system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This happens when the parent directory or the project is already
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    under version control and the system supports the concept of adding files,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for example, \bold{Perforce} and \bold{Subversion}. Alternatively, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    add files later by using the version control tool menus.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    With \bold{git}, there is no concept of adding files. Instead, all modified
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files must be staged for a commit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Diff Output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    All version control systems provide menu options to \e{diff} the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file or project: to compare it with the latest version stored in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    repository and to display the differences. In Qt Creator, a diff is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displayed in a read-only editor. If the file is accessible, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    double-click on a selected diff chunk and Qt Creator opens an editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 13:50:22 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displaying the file, scrolled to the line in question.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-diff.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Viewing Versioning History and Change Details
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Display the versioning history of a file by selecting \gui{Log}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (for \bold{git}) or \gui{Filelog}(for \bold{Perforce} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \bold{Subversion}). Typically, the log output contains the date, the commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    message, and a change or revision identifier. Click on the identifier to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    display a description of the change including the diff.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Right-clicking on an identifier brings up a context menu that lets you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    show annotation views of previous versions (see \l{Annotating Files}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-log.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-describe.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Annotating Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Annotation views are obtained by selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Selecting \gui{Annotate} or \gui{Blame} displays the lines of the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    prepended by the change identifier they originate from. Clicking on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    change identifier shows a detailed description of the change.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To show the annotation of a previous version, right-click on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:01:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    version identifier at the beginning of a line and choose one of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    revisions shown at the bottom of the context menu. This allows you to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    navigate through the history of the file and obtain previous versions of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it. It also works for \gui git/hg using SHA's.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The same context menu is available when right-clicking on a version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    identifier in the file log view of a single file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Committing Changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once you have finished making changes, submit them to the version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    system by choosing \gui{Commit} or \gui{Submit}. Qt Creator displays a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    commit page containing a text editor where you can enter your commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    message and a checkable list of modified files to be included.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you have finished filling out the commit page information, click on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Commit} to start committing.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Diff Selected Files} button brings up a diff view of the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files selected in the file list. Since the commit page is just another
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    editor, you can go back to it by closing the diff view. You can also check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a diff view from the editor combo box showing the \gui{Opened files}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-vcs-commit.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using git-specific Menu Entries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The git sub-menu contains additional entries:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stash snapshot...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Allows you to save a snapshot of your current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                work under a name for later reference. For example, if you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                want to try out something and find out later that it does not work,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                you can discard it and return to the state of the snapshot.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stash}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Stash local changes prior to executing a \bold{pull}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Pull}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Pull changes from the remote repository. If there are locally
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                modified files, you are prompted to stash those changes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                The \bold{git} settings page contains an option to do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                a rebase operation while pulling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Clean repository.../Clean project...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Collect all files that are not under version control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                with the exception of patches and project files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                and show them as a checkable list in a dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                prompting for deletion. This lets you completely clean a build.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Branches...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Displays the branch dialog showing the local branches at the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                top and remote branches at the bottom. To switch to the local
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                branch, double-click on it. Double-clicking on a remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                branch first creates a local branch with the same name that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                tracks the remote branch, and then switches to it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 15:57:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \image qtcreator-vcs-gitbranch.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \gui{Stashes...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Displays a dialog showing the stashes created by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \gui{Stash snapshots...} with options to restore,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                display or delete them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-01-15 14:30:18 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-editor-refactoring.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-editor-locator.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-managing.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Searching With the Locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The locator provides one of the easiest ways in Qt Creator to browse
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and file systems.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can find the locator in the bottom left of the Qt Creator window.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To activate the locator, press \key Ctrl+K (\key Cmd+K on Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    X) or select \gui Tools > \gui Locate....
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-locator.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To edit the currently open project's main.cpp file using the locator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Activate the locator by pressing \key Ctrl+K.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter \tt{main.cpp}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-locator-open.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key Return.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The main.cpp file opens in the editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It is also possible to enter only a part of a search string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    As you type, the locator shows the occurrences of that string regardless
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of where in the name of an component it appears.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To narrow down the search results, you can use the following wildcard
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    characters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To match any number of any or no characters, enter \bold{*}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To match a single instance of any character, enter \bold{?}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui Locator allows you to browse not only files, but any items
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    defined by \bold{locator filters}. By default, the locator contains
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    filters which locate:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Any open document
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Files anywhere on your file system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Files belonging to your project, such as source, header resource,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and .ui files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Class and method definitions in your project or anywhere referenced
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            from your project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Help topics, including Qt documentation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Specific line in the document displayed in your editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use a specific locator filter, type the assigned prefix followed by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Space. The prefix is usually a single character.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, to locate symbols matching
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qdatastream.html}{QDataStream:}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Activate the locator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Enter \tt{\bold{: QDataStream}} (: (colon) followed by a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key Space and the symbol name (QDataStream)).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           The locator lists the results.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-navigate-popup.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default the following filters are enabled and you do not need to use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    their prefixes explicitly:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to a line in the current file (l).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to an open file (o).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Going to a file in any open project (a).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Using the Default Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following locator filters are available by default:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Function
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Enter in locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Example
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a line in the current file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{l \e{Line number}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-line.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a symbol definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{: \e{Symbol name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-symbols.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a help topic.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{? \e{Help topic}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-help.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to an open file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{o \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-opendocs.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in the file system (browse the file system).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{f \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-filesystem.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in any project currently open.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{a \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-files.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a file in the current project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{p \e{File name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-current-project.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a class definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{c \e{Class name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-classes.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Go to a method definition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \tt{\bold{m \e{Method name}}}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  \image qtcreator-locator-methods.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Locator Filters
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quickly access files not directly mentioned in your project, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    create your own locator filters. That way you can locate files in a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directory structure you have defined.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a locator filter:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the locator, click \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select \gui Configure....
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \image qtcreator-locator-customize.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Options...} window click \gui Add.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui{Filters} dialog:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Name your filter.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select at least one directory. The locator searches directories
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               recursively.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Define the file pattern as a comma separated list. For example,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 18:19:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               to search all .h and .cpp files, enter \bold{*.h,*.cpp}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Specify the prefix string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               To show only results matching this filter, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \gui{Limit to prefix}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \image qtcreator-navigate-customfilter.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Configuring the Locator Cache
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The locator searches the files matching your file pattern in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directories you have selected and caches that information. The cache for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    all default filters is updated as you write your code. The filters you have
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    created Qt Creator by default updates once an hour.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To update the cached information manually, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-locator-magnify.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select \gui Refresh.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To set a new cache update time:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Locator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Refresh interval} define new time in minutes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-generic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-managing-sessions.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Managing Sessions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In Qt Creator, a session is a collection of:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open projects with their dependencies
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open editors
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Breakpoints and watches
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Bookmarks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you launch Qt Creator, a list of existing sessions is displayed on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Welcome screen}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-welcome-session.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-04 12:56:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch between sessions, select the session from sessions listed in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui File > \gui Session. If you do not create or select a session,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator always uses the default session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-04 12:56:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To create a new session or remove existing sessions, select \gui File >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Sessions > \gui{Session Manager}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-04 12:56:09 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-session-manager.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-27 15:06:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator does not include a debugger. It provides a debugger plugin that acts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as an interface between the Qt Creator core and external native debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    such as the GNU Symbolic Debugger (gdb), the Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and an internal Java Script debugger.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 16:27:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui Debug mode you can interact with the debugger in several ways, including
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Go through a program line-by-line or instruction-by-instruction.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Interrupt running programs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Set breakpoints.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine the contents of the call stack.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           the debugged program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           local and global variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examine the list of loaded shared libraries.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Create snapshots of the current state of the debugged program
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and re-examine them later.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator displays the raw information provided by the native debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in a clear and concise manner with the goal to simplify the debugging process
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as much as possible without losing the power of the native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In addition to the generic IDE functionality provided by stack view, views for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    locals and watchers, registers, and so on, Qt Creator includes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    features to make debugging Qt-based applications easy. The debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    plugin understands the internal layout of several Qt classes, for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    example, QString, the Qt containers, and most importantly QObject
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (and classes derived from it), as well as most containers of the C++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Standard Library and some gcc and Symbian extensions. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    deeper understanding is used to present objects of such classes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a useful way.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For an example of how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Debugging the Example Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about the functions available in the \gui Debug mode,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l{Interacting with the Debugger}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you install Qt Creator as part of a Qt SDK, the GNU Symbolic Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is installed automatically and you should be ready to start debugging after
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you create a new
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project. If you want a special setup, such as using debugging tools for Windows,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l {Setting Up Debugger}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Modes of Operation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin runs in different operating modes depending on where and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    how the process is started and run. Some of the modes are only available for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a particular operating system or platform.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch the debugger in the following modes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Plain to debug locally started applications, such as a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt based GUI application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Terminal to debug locally started processes that need a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       console, typically without a GUI.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Attach to debug local processes started outside Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Remote to debug a process running on a different machine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Core to debug crashed processes on Unix.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold Post-mortem to debug crashed processes on Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o \bold TRK to debug processes running on a Symbian device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you click the \gui {Start Debugging} button, the debugger is launched
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the appropriate operating mode (plain, terminal, or TRK), based on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    build and run settings for the active project. Select \gui Debug menu options
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to launch the debugger in the other modes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Plain Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the plain mode, click the \gui {Start Debugging}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    button for the active project, or choose
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Debug External Application...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and specify an executable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Terminal Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the terminal mode, select \gui {Projects > Run Settings}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and select the \gui {Run in Terminal} check box. Then click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Start Debugging} button for the active project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Attach Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the attach mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Running External Application...},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and then select a process by its name or process ID to attach to.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Remote Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The remote mode uses a \e{gdbserver} daemon that runs on the remote machine.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the remote mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start and Attach to Remote Application...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Core Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The core mode is available only in Unix. It debugs crashed processes using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \e {core} files (crash dumps) that are generated if the setting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is enabled in the shell.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable the dumping of core files, enter the following command in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    shell from which the application will be launched:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ulimit -c unlimited
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the core mode, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Debug > Start Debugging >  Attach to Core...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Post-Mortem Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The post-mortem mode is available only on Windows, if you have installed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the debugging tools for Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Qt Creator installation program asks you whether you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    register Qt Creator as a post-mortem debugger. To change the setting, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools > Options  > Debugger > Common > Use Creator for post-mortem debugging}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch the debugger in the post-mortem mode if an application crashes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    on Windows. Click the \gui {Debug in Qt Creator} button in the error message
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that is displayed by the Windows operating system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 TRK Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The TRK mode is a special mode available only for Symbian. It
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugs processes running on a Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device using the App TRK application that runs on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To launch the debugger in the TRK mode, open the project, select Symbian as the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    target, and click the \gui {Start Debugging} button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on setting up Symbian projects, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Developing Symbian Applications}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Typically, the interaction between Qt Creator and the native debugger is set
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    up automatically and you do not need to do anything. However, you might have an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    unsupported gdb version installed, your Linux environment might not have gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installed at all, or you might want to use the debugging tools for Windows.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note To use the debugging tools for Windows, you must install them and add the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information, see \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section explains the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    options you have for debugging C++ code and provides installation notes for the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    supported native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Supported Native Debugger Versions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin supports different builds of the gdb debugger, both
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with and without the ability to use Python scripting. The Python enabled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    versions are preferred, but they are not available on Mac and on older
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    versions of Linux.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    On Windows, Symbian, and Maemo, only the Python version is supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The non-Python versions use the compiled version of the debugging helpers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that you must enable separately. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Debugging Helper Library with C++}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Python version uses a script version of the debugging helpers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that does not need any special setup.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The CDB native debugger has similar funtionality to the non-Python gdb debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    engine. Specifically, it also uses compiled C++ code for the debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    helper library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following table summarizes the support for debugging C++ code:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Compiler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Native Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Python
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugger Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Optional
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Term, Plain, Attach (with Python, only), Remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Unix
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mac OS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Term, Plain, Attach
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows/MinGW
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o No
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-08 16:34:42 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Windows/MSVC
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugging Tools for Windows/CDB
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Not applicable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Term, Plain, Attach, Post-Mortem
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o TRK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Maemo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gcc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Yes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remote
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \omit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Gdb Adapter Modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    [Advanced Topic]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The gdb native debugger used internally by the debugger plugin runs in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    different adapter modes to cope with the variety
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of supported platforms and environments. All gdb adapters inherit from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-13 13:36:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    AbstractGdbAdapter:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o PlainGdbAdapter debugs locally started GUI processes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       It is physically split into parts that are relevant only when Python is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       available, parts relevant only when Python is not available, and mixed code.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o TermGdbAdapter debugs locally started processes that need a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       console.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o AttachGdbAdapter debugs local processes started outside Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o CoreGdbAdapter debugs core files generated from crashes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o RemoteGdbAdapter interacts with the gdbserver running on Linux.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o TrkGdbAdapter interacts with Symbian devices. The gdb protocol and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       the gdb serial protocol are used between gdb and the adapter. The TRK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       protocol is used between the adapter and AppTRK running on the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endomit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Installing Native Debuggers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    There are various reasons why the debugger plugin may fail to automatically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pick up a suitable native debugger. The native debugger might be missing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (which is usually the case for the CDB debugger on Windows which always
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    needs to be installed manually by the user) or the installed version is not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Check the table below for the supported versions and other important
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information about installing native debuggers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Native Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Notes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Gdb
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 11:38:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o On Linux, install version 6.8, 7.0.1 (version 7.0 is not supported),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 09:25:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            7.1, or later. On Mac OS X, install Apple gdb version 6.3.50-20050815
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            (build 1344) or later.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 11:38:30 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Debugging tools for Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Using this engine requires you to install the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \e{Debugging tools for Windows}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/installx86.Mspx}{32-bit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/install64bit.Mspx}{64-bit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-06 15:50:48 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               package (Version 6.11.1.404 for the 32-bit or the 64-bit version of Qt Creator, respectively),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               which is freely available for download from the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/default.aspx}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               {Microsoft Developer Network}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               The pre-built \e{Qt SDK for Windows} makes use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               of the library if it is present on the system. When building Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Creator using the Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler, the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \c{"%ProgramFiles%\Debugging Tools for Windows"} path is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               checked to ensure that all required header files are there.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               You must also add the Symbol Server provided by Microsoft to the symbol
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               search path of the debugger. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o Debugging tools for Mac OS X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \o The Qt binary distribution contains both debug and release
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              variants of the libraries. But you have to explicitly tell the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              runtime linker that you want to use the debug libraries even if
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              your application is compiled as debug as release is the default
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              If you use a qmake based project in Qt Creator,  you can set a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              flag in your run configuration, in \gui Projects mode. In the run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              configuration, select \gui{Use debug version of frameworks}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              For more detailed information about debugging on the Mac, see:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              \l http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/technotes/tn2004/tn2124.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note The Mac OS X Snow Leopard (10.6) has a bug, that can be worked
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              around as described in the link provided below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								              \l http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTBUG-4962.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable    
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting the Symbol Server in Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To obtain debugging information for the operating system libraries for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugging Windows applications, add the Symbol Server provided
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by Microsoft to the symbol search path of the debugger:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui{Options...} > \gui Debugger > \gui Cdb.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  In the \gui {Symbol paths} field, open the \gui{Insert...} menu
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and select \gui{Symbol Server...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select a directory where you want to store the cached information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            and click \gui OK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 16:34:23 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Interacting with the Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In \gui Debug mode, you can use several views to interact with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    program you are debugging. Frequently used views are shown by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    default and rarely used ones are hidden. To change the default settings,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    select \gui Debug > \gui Views, and then select views to display
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or hide. You can also lock views. The position of views is saved for future
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    sessions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debugger-views.png "Debug mode views"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Starting the Debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To start a program under the debugger's control, select \gui{Debug} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Start Debugging} > \gui{Start Debugging}, or press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator checks whether the compiled program is up-to-date, rebuilding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    it if necessary. The debugger then takes over and starts the program.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Starting a program in the debugger can take a considerable amount of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    time, typically in the range of several seconds to minutes if complex
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    features (like QtWebKit) are used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once the program starts running, it behaves and performs as usual.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can interrupt a running program by selecting \gui{Debug} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Interrupt}. The program is automatically interrupted as soon as a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    breakpoint is hit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once the program stops, Qt Creator:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Retrieves data representing the call stack at the program's current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           position.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Retrieves the contents of local variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Examines \gui Watchers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Updates the \gui Registers, \gui Modules, and \gui Disassembler
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           views.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui Debug mode views to examine the data in more detail.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the following keyboard shortcuts:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To finish debugging, press \key{Shift+F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To execute a line of code as a whole, press \key{F10}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To step into a function or a sub-function, press \key{F11}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  To continue running the program, press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It is also possible to continue executing the program until the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function completes or jump to an arbitrary position in the current function.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Breakpoints
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A breakpoint represents a position or sets of positions in the code that,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    when executed, interrupts the program being debugged and passes the control
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to you. You can then examine the state of the interrupted program, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    continue execution either line-by-line or continuously.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator shows breakpoints in the \gui{Breakpoints} view which is enabled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    by default. The \gui{Breakpoints} view is also accessible when the debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and the program being debugged is not running.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debug-breakpoints.png "Breakpoints view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Typically, breakpoints are associated with a source code file and line, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the start of a function -- both are allowed in Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The interruption of a program by a breakpoint can be restricted with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certain conditions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To set a breakpoint:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o At a particular line you want the program to stop, click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          left margin or press \key F9 (\key F8 for Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o At a function that you want the program to interrupt, enter the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          function's name in \gui{Set Breakpoint at Function...} located in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          context menu of the \gui{Breakpoints} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note You can remove a breakpoint:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By clicking the breakpoint marker in the text editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By selecting the breakpoint in the breakpoint view and pressing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \key{Delete}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o By selecting \gui{Delete Breakpoint} from the context
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           menu in the \gui Breakpoints view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can set and delete breakpoints before the program starts running or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    while it is running under the debugger's control. Breakpoints are saved
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    together with a session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Call Stack Trace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When the program being debugged is interrupted, Qt Creator displays the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    nested function calls leading to the current position as a call stack
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    trace. This stack trace is built up from call stack frames, each
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    representing a particular function. For each function, Qt Creator tries
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to retrieve the file name and line number of the corresponding source
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file. This data is shown in the \gui Stack view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-16 18:39:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debug-stack.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Since the call stack leading to the current position may originate or go
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through code for which no debug information is available, not all stack
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    frames have corresponding source locations. Stack frames without
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    corresponding source locations are grayed out in the \gui{Stack} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you click a frame with a known source location, the text editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    jumps to the corresponding location and updates the \gui{Locals and Watchers}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    view, making it seem like the program was interrupted before entering the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Threads
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If a multi-threaded program is interrupted, the \gui Thread view or the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    combobox named \gui Thread in the debugger's status bar can be used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    switch from one thread to another. The \gui Stack view adjusts itself
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-08 15:14:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    accordingly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Modules and Source Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} views display information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that the debugger plugin has about modules and source files included in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the project. The \gui{Modules} view lists the modules in the project and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    symbols within the modules. In addition, it indicates where the module
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    was loaded.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Source Files} view lists all the source files included in the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot step into an instruction, you can check whether the source file is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    actually part of the project, or whether it was compiled
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    elsewhere. The view shows the path to each file in the file system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, the \gui{Modules} view and \gui{Source Files} view are hidden.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Viewing Disassembled Code and Register State
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Disassembler} view displays disassembled code for the current
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    function. The \gui{Registers} view displays the current state of the CPU's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    registers.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Disassembler} view and the \gui{Registers} view are both useful
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for low-level commands for checking single instructions, such as \gui{Step Into}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    and \gui{Step Over}. By default, both \gui{Disassembler} and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Registers} view are hidden.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Locals and Watchers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Whenever a program stops under the control of the debugger, it retrieves
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information about the topmost stack frame and displays it in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    typically includes information about parameters of the function in that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    frame as well as the local variables.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-watcher.png "Locals and Watchers view"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Compound variables of struct or class type are displayed as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    expandable in the view. Expand entries to show
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    all members. Together with the display of value and type, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    examine and traverse the low-level layout of object data.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  \bold{Note:}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  Gdb, and therefore Qt Creator's debugger works for optimized
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                builds on Linux and Mac OS X. Optimization can lead to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                re-ordering of instructions or removal of some local variables,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                causing the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to show unexpected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                data.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \i  The debug information provided by gcc does not include enough
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                information about the time when a variable is initialized.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Therefore, Qt Creator can not tell whether the contents of a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                local variable contains "real data", or "initial noise". If a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                QObject appears uninitialized, its value is reported as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \gui {not in scope}. Not all uninitialized objects, however, can be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                recognized as such.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 13:06:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view also provides access to the most
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    powerful feature of the debugger: comprehensive display of data belonging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to Qt's basic objects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable Qt's basic objects data display feature:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Select \gui Tools > \gui {Options...} > \gui Debugger >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Debugging Helper} and check the \gui{Use debugging helper}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  The \gui{Locals and Watchers} view is reorganized to provide a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           high-level view of the objects.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, in case of QObject, instead of displaying a pointer to some
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    private data structure, you see a list of children, signals and slots.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Similarly, instead of displaying many pointers and integers, Qt Creator's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugger displays the contents of a QHash or QMap in an orderly manner.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Also, the debugger displays access data for QFileInfo and provides
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    access to the "real" contents of QVariant.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view to change the contents of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    variables of simple data types, for example, \c int or \c float when the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    program is interrupted. To do so, click the \gui Value column, modify
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the value with the inplace editor, and press \key Enter (or \key Return).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-24 10:01:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The set of watched items is saved in your session.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-04 17:27:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging-example.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debug-mode.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Debugging the Example Application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This section uses the \l{Creating a Qt C++ Application}{TextFinder} example to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    illustrate how to debug applications in the \gui Debug mode. TextFinder
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    reads a text file into
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QString and then displays it with QTextEdit.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To look at the example QString, \c{line}, and see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    stored data, place a breakpoint and view the QString object
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    data, as follows:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click in between the line number and the window border on the line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        where we invoke \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/qtextedit.html#plainText-prop}{setPlainText()}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to set a breakpoint.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui{Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press \key{F5}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view the breakpoint, click the \gui{Breakpoints} tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint2.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select \gui{Delete Breakpoint}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To view the contents of \c{line}, go to the \gui{Locals and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Watchers} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qtcreator-watcher.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Modify the \c{on_findButton_clicked()} function to move back to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the start of the document and continue searching once the cursor hits the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    end of the document. Add the following code snippet:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    void TextFinder::on_findButton_clicked()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QString searchString = ui->lineEdit->text();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QTextDocument *document = ui->textEdit->document();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QTextCursor cursor = ui->textEdit->textCursor();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        cursor = document->find(searchString, cursor,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        bool found = cursor.isNull();
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if (!found && previouslyFound) {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            int ret = QMessageBox::question(this, tr("End of Document"),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            tr("I have reached the end of the document. Would you like "
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            "me to start searching from the beginning of the document?"),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No, QMessageBox::Yes);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            if (ret == QMessageBox::Yes) {
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                cursor = document->find(searchString,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                    QTextDocument::FindWholeWords);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                ui->textEdit->setTextCursor(cursor);
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            } else
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                return;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        previouslyFound = found;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    }
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you compile and run the above code, however, the application does not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    work correctly due to a logic error. To locate this logic error, step
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through the code using the following buttons:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-debugging-buttons.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-debugger-engines.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-debugging-helpers.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-09 16:36:54 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Using Debugging Helpers
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debugging Helper Library with C++
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 16:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    While debugging, Qt Creator dynamically loads a helper library into your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 15:35:47 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    program. This helper library enables Qt Creator to pretty print Qt and STL
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    types. The Qt SDK package already contains a prebuilt debugging helper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library. To create your own debugging helper library, select \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 15:13:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{Qt Versions}. As the internal data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    structures of Qt can change between versions, the debugging helper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library is built for each Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 16:24:38 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Debugging Helper Library with Python
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    With the gdb Python version, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use debugging helpers also for user defined types. To do so,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    define one Python function per user defined type in \c{.gdbinit}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The function name has to be qdump__NS__Foo, where NS::Foo is the class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or class template to be examined. Nested namespaces are possible.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The debugger plugin calls this function whenever you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    display an object of this type. The function is passed the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    parameters:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \c d of type \c Dumper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  \c item of type \c Item
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The function has to feed the Dumper object with certain information
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    which is used to build up the object and its children's display in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Locals and Watchers} view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Example:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    def qdump__QVector(d, item):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d_ptr = item.value["d"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        p_ptr = item.value["p"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        alloc = d_ptr["alloc"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        size = d_ptr["size"]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        check(0 <= size and size <= alloc and alloc <= 1000 * 1000 * 1000)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        check(d_ptr["ref"]["_q_value"] > 0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        innerType = item.value.type.template_argument(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d.putItemCount(size)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        d.putNumChild(size)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        if d.isExpanded(item):
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            p = gdb.Value(p_ptr["array"]).cast(innerType.pointer())
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            d.beginChildren([size, 2000], innerType)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            for i in d.childRange():
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                d.safePutItem(Item(p.dereference(), item.iname, i))
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                p += 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            d.endChildren()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Item Python Class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Item Python class is a thin wrapper around values corresponding to one
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view. The Item members are as follows :
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{__init__(self, value, parentiname, iname, name = None)} - A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       constructor. The object's internal name is created by concatenating
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \c parentiname and \c iname. If \c None is passed as \c name, a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       serial number is used.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{value} - An object of type gdb.Value representing the value to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        be displayed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{iname} - The internal name of the object, constituting a dot-separated
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    list of identifiers, corresponding to the position of the object's
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    representation in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{name} - An optional name. If given, is used in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{name} column of the view. If not, a simple number in brackets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is used instead.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Dumper Python Class
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For each line in the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, a string like the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following needs to be created and channeled to the debugger plugin.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    "{iname='some internal name',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      addr='object address in memory',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      name='contents of the name column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      value='contents of the value column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      type='contents of the type column',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      numchild='number of children',        // zero/nonzero is sufficient
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      childtype='default type of children', // optional
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      childnumchild='default number of grandchildren', // optional
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      children=[              // only needed if item is expanded in view
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         {iname='internal name of first child',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          ... },
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         {iname='internal name of second child',
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          ... },
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         ...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								      ]}"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    While in theory, you can build up the entire string above manually, it is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    easier to employ the Dumper Python class for that purpose. The Dumper
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Python class contains a complete framework to take care of the \c iname and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c addr fields, to handle children of simple types, references, pointers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enums, known and unknown structs as well as some convenience methods to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    handle common situations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The Dumper members are the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{__init__(self)} - Initializes the output to an empty string and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        empties the child stack.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{put(self, value)} - Low level method to directly append to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        output string.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putCommaIfNeeded(self)} - Appends a comma if the current output
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ends in '}', '"' or ']' .
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putField(self, name, value)} - Appends a comma if needed, and a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         name='value' field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{beginHash(self)} - Appends a comma if needed and a '{', marking
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the begin of a set of fields.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{endHash(self)} - Appends a '}', marking the end of a set of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        fields.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{beginItem(self, name)} - Starts writing a field by writing \c {name='}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{endItem(self)} - Ends writing a field by writing \c {'}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{beginChildren(self, numChild_ = 1, childType_ = None, childNumChild_ = None)}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        - Starts writing a list of \c numChild children, with type
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c childType_ and \c childNumChild_ grandchildren each. If \c numChild_
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is a list of two integers, the first one specifies the actual number
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        of children and the second the maximum number of children to print.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{endChildren(self)} - Ends writing a list of children.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{childRange(self)} - Return the range of children specified in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c beginChildren.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putItemCount(self, count)} - Appends a field  \c {value='<%d items'}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to the output.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putEllipsis(self)} - Appends fields
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c {'{name="<incomplete>",value="",type="",numchild="0"}'}. This is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        automatically done by \c endChildren if the number of children to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        print is smaller than the number of actual children.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putName(self, name)} - Appends a \c {name='...'} field.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putType(self, type)} - Appends a field \c {type='...'} unless the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \a type coincides with the parent's default child type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putNumChild(self, numchild)} - Appends a field \c {numchild='...'}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        unless the \c numchild coincides with the parent's default child numchild
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        value.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putValue(self, value, encoding = None)} - Append a file \c {value='...'},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        optionally followed by a field \c {valueencoding='...'}. The \c value
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        needs to be convertible to a string entirely consisting of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        alphanumerical values. The \c encoding parameter can be used to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        specify the encoding in case the real value had to be encoded in some
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        way to meet the alphanumerical-only requirement.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Currently the following encodings are supported:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 0: unencoded 8 bit data, interpreted as Latin1.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 1: base64 encoded 8 bit data, used for QByteArray,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 2: base64 encoded 16 bit data, used for QString,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 3: base64 encoded 32 bit data,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 4: base64 encoded 16 bit data, without quotes (see 2)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 5: base64 encoded 8 bit data, without quotes (see 1)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 6: %02x encoded 8 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o 7: %04x encoded 16 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                double quotes are added.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putStringValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QString and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putByteArrayValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QByteArray and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{isExpanded(self, item)} - Checks whether the item with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        internal name \c item.iname is expanded in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{isExpandedIName(self, iname)} - Checks whether the item with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        internal name \c iname is expanded in the view.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{putIntItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putName(name)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putValue(value)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putType("int")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putNumChild(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{putBoolItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putName(name)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putValue(value)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putType("bool")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putNumChild(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{pushOutput(self)} - Moves the output string to a safe location
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        from with it is sent to the debugger plugin even if further operations
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-17 11:12:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        raise an exception.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putCallItem(self, name, item, func)} -
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Uses gdb to call the function \c func on the value specified by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \a {item.value} and output the resulting item. This function is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        not available when debugging core dumps and it is not available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        on the Symbian platform due to restrictions imposed by AppTRK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{putItemHelper(self, item)} - The "master function", handling
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        basic types, references, pointers and enums directly, iterates
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        over base classes and class members of compound types and calls
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c qdump__* functions whenever appropriate.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{putItem(self, item)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putItemHelper(item)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{safePutItemHelper(self, item)} - Calls \c putItemHelper(self, item).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        If an exception is raised, catches it, and replaces all output produced by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \c putItemHelper with the output of:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putName(item.name)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putValue("<invalid>")
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putType(str(item.value.type))
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.putNumChild(0)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginChildren()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endChildren()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o \gui{safePutItem(self, item)} - Equivalent to:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.beginHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.safePutItemHelper(item)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        self.endHash()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 12:27:59 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 09:38:16 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-qmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-generic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a CMake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    CMake is an alternative to qmake for automating the generation of makefiles.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    It controls the software compilation process by using simple configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files, called CMakeLists.txt files. CMake generates native makefiles and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    workspaces that you can use in the compiler environment of your choice.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Since Qt Creator 1.1, CMake configuration files are supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator 1.3 supports the Microsoft Toolchain if the CMake version
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 16:17:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is at least 2.8.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting the Path for CMake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can set the path for the \c CMake executable in \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui{CMake} > \gui{CMake}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmakeexecutable.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Before you open a \c CMake project it is necessary to modify the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{PATH} environment variable to include the bin folders of \c mingw and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator in the SDK.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For instance, if you have the Qt Creator SDK installed in your C drive,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the following command to set the environment variables in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the command line prompt:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set PATH=C:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;C:\qtsdk\qt\bin;
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Then start Qt Creator by typing:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    C:\qtsdk\bin\qtcreator.exe
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Opening CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To open a \c CMake project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select \gui{File} > \gui{Open File or Project...}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Select the \c{CMakeLists.txt} file from your \c CMake project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-25 16:31:06 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A wizard guides you through the rest of the process.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If the \c CMake project does not have an in-place build, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    lets you specify the directory in which the project is built
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   (\l{glossary-shadow-build}{shadow build}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard1.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The screenshot below shows how you can specify command line arguments to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c CMake for your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-import-wizard2.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Normally, there is no need to pass any command line arguments for projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that are already built, as \c CMake caches that information.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Building CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator builds \c CMake projects by running \c make, \c mingw32-make, or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 16:17:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c nmake depending on your platform. The build errors and warnings are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    parsed and displayed in the \gui{Build Issues} output pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    By default, Qt Creator builds the \bold{all} target. You can specify which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    targets to build in \gui{Project} mode, under \gui{Build Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-17 16:09:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-cmake-build-settings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports multiple build configurations. The build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directory can also be modified after the initial import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running CMake Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-04 14:18:57 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator automatically adds \gui{Run Configurations} for all targets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    specified in the \c CMake project file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-15 17:28:04 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Known issues for the current version can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 18:06:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Known Issues of version 1.3.84}{here}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Adding External Libraries to a CMake Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Through external libraries Qt Creator can support code completion and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    syntax highlighting as if they were part of the current project or the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 17:36:49 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator detects the external libraries using the \c FIND_PACKAGE()
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    macro. Some libraries come with the CMake installation. You can find those
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \bold{Modules} directory of your CMake installation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you provide your own libraries, you also need to provide your own
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c FindFoo.cmake file. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://vtk.org/Wiki/CMake_FAQ#Writing_FindXXX.cmake_files}{CMake FAQ}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Syntax completion and highlighting work once your project successfully
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    builds and links against the external library.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-cmake.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-project-generic.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-project-managing-sessions.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Setting Up a Generic Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator supports generic projects, so you can import existing projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    that do not use qmake or CMake and Qt Creator ignores your build system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Generic project support allows you to use Qt Creator as a code editor. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    can change the way your project is built by modifying the \c make command
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Build Settings}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you import a project, Qt Creator creates the following files that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    allow you to specify which files belong to your project and which include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    directories or defines you want to pass to your compile:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.files}, \tt{.includes}, and \tt{.config}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Importing a Generic Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To import an existing generic project:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project...} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Other Project} > \gui{Import Existing Project}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Import Existing Project}, enter the project name
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select the location of the project file you want to import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Qt Creator automatically generates the following files in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           project directory:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Files}{.files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Include Paths}{.includes}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o \l{Specifying Defines}{.config}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \o .creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When the project is successfully imported, Qt Creator creates the project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    tree in the sidebar.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After importing a generic project into Qt Creator, open it by selecting the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.creator} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Working with Generic Project Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For a generic project, you have to manually specify which files belong to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your project and which include directories or defines you want to pass to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your compiler.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The list of files for a generic project is specified in the \tt{.files}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file. When you first create a generic project, Qt Creator adds any
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files it recognizes to your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add or remove files, edit the \tt{.files} file in Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator recreates your project tree when you save the \tt{.files} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Alternatively, you can add and remove files using the context menu in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you frequently need to update the \tt{.files} file, you can do so
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    efficiently by using a script that updates the file for you. If the file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is modified externally, you have to restart Qt Creator for the changes to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    take effect.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To update the \tt{.files} on the \gui git repository use the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    script:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 15:04:50 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    git ls-files *.cpp *.h > MyProject.files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Include Paths
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The include paths are specified in the \tt{.includes} file, one include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-01 14:48:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    path per line. The paths can be either absolute or relative to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \tt{.includes} file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Specifying Defines
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 10:41:05 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The defines are specified in the \tt{.config} file. The \tt{.config} file is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    a regular C++ file, prepended to all your source files when they are parsed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Only use the \tt{.config} file to add lines as in the example below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    #define NAME value
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 14:54:55 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-07-24 16:37:34 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-09-01 14:48:39 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating a Run Configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator cannot automatically determine which executable to run.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{Projects} mode under \gui{Run Settings}, define the executable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    file to run:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Add and select \gui{Custom Executable}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Define the configuration name, the location of the executable, any
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           additional arguments and the working directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-developing-applications.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-developing-maemo.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Mobile Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \omit Use \QD or \QMLD to design and implement application UI. \endomit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides support for development of various mobile device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications. Once you specify the build and run settings in Qt Creator,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you can build and run various types of mobile applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To develop applications for mobile devices using Qt Creator, you can use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following development environments:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To develop \bold{Maemo} applications, you need to set up the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          MADDE development tool. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Developing Maemo Applications}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o To develop \bold{Symbian} applications, you need to set up the S60
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          platform SDK and the Qt for Symbian. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{Developing Symbian Applications}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The only supported build system for Maemo and Qt for Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications in Qt Creator is qmake.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Once your application is ready you can deploy it on a mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you do not have a mobile device connected to your computer, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    run Maemo applications in the \gui{Local Simulator}, and Symbian
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    applications in the \gui{Symbian Emulator}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-22 15:37:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Developing applications for mobile devices is different from developing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    desktop applications. For more information, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{Developing Usable Applications}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-project-managing-sessions.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-visual-editor.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-developing-applications.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Qt Quick Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can either create Qt Quick projects from scratch or import them to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator. For example, you can import and run the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativeexamples.html} {QML examples and demos}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to learn how to use various aspects of QML.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-12 17:07:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the code editor (\gui Edit mode) or the visual editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    (\gui Design mode) to develop Qt Quick applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The visual \QMLD editor is provided as an experimental plugin that you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    enable to be able to edit QML files in the \gui Design mode. Enabling the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    visual editor can negatively affect the overall stability of Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To enable or disable the \QMLD visual editor, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {Help > About Plugins... > Qt Quick > QmlDesigner}. You must restart Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to enable or disable the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Creating Qt Quick Projects
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Qt QML Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \QMLD creates the following files:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o .qmlproject project file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files in the project folder belong to the project. Therefore, you do not
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    need to individually list all the files in the project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o .qml file defines an element, such as a component, screen, or the whole
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application UI.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The \c import statement in the beginning of the .qml file specifies the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativemodules.html} {Qt modules}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to import to \QMLD. Each Qt module contains a set of default elements.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Specify a version to get the features you want.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To use JavaScript and image files in the application, copy them to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project folder.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To import a QML project to Qt Creator, select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 10:50:20 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt Quick Project > Import Existing Qt QML Directory}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Designing Application UI
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    One .qml file can define a component, screen, or the whole application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Components
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A QML component provides a way of defining a new type that you can re-use in other QML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    files. A component is like a black box; it interacts with the outside world
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    through properties, signals, and slots, and is generally defined in its own QML file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can import components to screens and applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui Library items to create components. Drag and drop
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the following QML elements to the editor and modify their properties in the \gui Properties pane:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-borderimage.html}{Border Image}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        uses an image as a border.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-image.html}{Image}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a bitmap to the scene. You can stretch and tile images.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-item.html}{Item}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        is the most basic of all visual items in QML. Even though it has no visual appearance,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        it defines all the properties that are common across visual items, such as the x and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        y position, width and height, anchoring, and key handling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a rectangle that is painted with a solid fill color and an optional border.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        You can also use the radius property to create rounded rectangles.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-text.html}{Text}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds formatted read-only text.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-textedit.html}{Text Edit}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a single line of editable formatted text that can be validated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-textinput.html}{Text Input}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        adds a single line of editable plain text that can be validated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, to create a button component:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt > Qt QML File} to create a QML file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        called Button.qml.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note Components are listed in the \gui Library pane only if the filename begins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        with a capital letter.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Double-click the file to open it in the code editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui {Design} to edit the file in the visual editor.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Drag and drop a \gui Rectangle from the \gui Library pane to the scene.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Properties pane, modify the appearance of the button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Color field, select the button color.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Radius field, use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the slider to set the radius of the rectangle and produce rounded corners for the button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Drag and drop a \gui {Text} item on top of the \gui Rectangle. This creates a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        nested element where \gui Rectangle is the parent element of \gui Text. Elements
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        are positioned relative to their parents.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Properties pane, edit the properties of the \gui Text item.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Text field, type \bold Button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        You can select the text color, font, size, and style in the \gui Font section.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui Alignment field, select the center button to align the text to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        center of the button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui {Geometry}, and then click the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \inlineimage qmldesigner-anchor-fill-screen.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        button to anchor the text to the whole button area.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-19 17:02:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Click \gui Edit to edit the \c width and \c height properties of the button
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to fit the button size.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Press \key {Ctrl+S} to save the button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \image qmldesigner-button.png "Button component"
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use QML to add properties for a component. The properties are automatically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    displayed in the \gui Properties pane.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \gui Library items and your own components to create screens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can create the following types of views to organize items provided by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativemodels.html}{data models}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-gridview.html}{Grid View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-listview.html}{List View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-pathview.html}{Path View}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the code editor, write the code to use the data models.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Use states and transitions
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to navigate between screens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    QML states typically describe user interface configurations, such as the UI elements,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    their properties and behavior and the available actions. For example, you can use
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    states to create two screens:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Use the \gui Library items, resources and your own components to create a screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        For example, drag and drop the button component from the \gui Library pane to the screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In the \gui State pane, click the plus sign to add another view, or \e state
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        to the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Modify the second state of the screen to create a new screen.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Navigating Between Screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To make movement between states smooth, you can specify transitions. The
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c from and \c to properties define the states between which the transitions run. To
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    run the transitions in reverse when changing back from the down state to the default state,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set \c reversible to \c true. This is equivalent to writing the two transitions separately.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 17:33:24 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use different types of animated transitions. For example, you can animate changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to property values and colors. You can use rotation animation to control the direction of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    rotation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use the \c ParallelAnimation element to start several animations at the same time.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Or use the \c SequentialAnimation element to run them one after another.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Adding User Interaction Methods
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-07 15:05:31 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can add the following basic interaction methods to scenes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-flickable.html}{Flickable}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        items can be flicked horizontally or vertically.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-flipable.html}{Flipable}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        items can be flipped between their front and back sides by using rotation,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        state, and transition.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-focusscope.html}{Focus Scope}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        assists in keyboard focus handling when building reusable QML components.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-mousearea.html}{Mouse Area}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        enables simple mouse handling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To add interaction methods, drag and drop a \gui {Focus Scope} or \gui {Mouse Area}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to the screen. In the code editor, add signal handlers to execute when users select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the scope or area. Signal handlers allow actions to be taken in response to an event.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For instance, the \gui {MouseArea} element has signal handlers to handle mouse press,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    release, and click.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Implementing Application Logic
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    A user interface is only a part of an application, and not really useful by itself.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:21:14 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can use Qt or JavaScript to implement the application logic. For more information on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    using JavaScript, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qdeclarativejavascript.html} {JavaScript Blocks}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For an example of how to use JavaScript to develop a game, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7-snapshot/qml-advtutorial.html} {QML Advanced Tutorial}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 16:27:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-developing-applications.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-developing-maemo.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-developing-symbian.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Maemo Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Maemo is a software platform developed by Nokia for smartphones and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Internet Tablets. The Maemo SDK provides an open development environment
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for different applications on top of the Maemo platform.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Maemo 5 is based on the Linux 2.6 operating system. You can find more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    information about the Maemo platform \l{http://maemo.org/intro/platform/}{here}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Getting Started with Maemo Based Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To begin development for Maemo applications, you require the following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  An N900 device with updates installed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  MADDE is a cross-platform Maemo development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           tool.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           For more information about MADDE pertaining to its
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           installation, configuration, and deployment on the device, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{http://wiki.maemo.org/MADDE}{Introduction to MADDE}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  An IP address for the device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           In order to setup the device IP address, you need to install
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           PC Connectivity or implement it using CLI. More information about PC
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Connectivity can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-04 12:42:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \l{http://pc-connectivity.garage.maemo.org/2nd_edition/node3.html#SECTION00032300000000000000}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {here}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For deploying and running applications on the device, you need the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o The Nokia USB drivers that come, for example with, PC Suite.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Qt installed on the device. Recent images should have Qt pre-installed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The Qt Creator/MADDE integration is supported on the following platforms:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Linux (32 bit and 64 bit)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Windows (32 bit and 64 bit)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  MacOS 10.5 ("Leopard") or higher
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The only supported build system for Maemo applications in Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator is qmake.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up the N900
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can connect your device to your workstation using either an USB or a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    WLAN connection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For the device, you need to use a tool called Mad Developer to create the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device-side end point for USB and WLAN connections. It provides no
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    diagnostics functions but is essential for creating connections between the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device and your workstation.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For the workstation, you need to set up the N900 as a network device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you use the device's USB network functionality and plan to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connect your development PC to the N900 via a common WLAN network, you can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    ignore the USB-specific parts in the following sections.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Installing the Mad Developer Package
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To install Mad Developer on your device, you need to add an application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    catalogue (repository) to the list of catalogues your device checks for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installable software, and install the actual Mad Developer software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    package. This is done according to the following
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    steps:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \o Start the application manager
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Enter the data as displayed in the screenshot below.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \note The complete web address is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \l http://repository.maemo.org/extras-devel
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qtcreator-app-manager-extras-devel-screenshot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \o Select \gui{Download} > \gui{Development} > \gui{mad-developer}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:08:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            The screenshots below shows the process for selecting the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \gui{mad-developer}:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qt-creator-app_manager_screenshot1.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qt-creator-app_manager_screenshot2.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \o Install the Mad Developer software package.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         \o Start the Mad Developer application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								   \note If you are using Microsoft Windows as development host, you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         change the driver loaded for instantiating the connection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         For this click \gui{Manage USB} and select \gui{Load g_ether}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Follow the steps mentioned below to set up the USB settings:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Click \gui Edit in the usb0 row and confirm with \gui Configure.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \note By default, you do not need to make changes. The usb0 row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          displays the IP address 192.168.2.15.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Select \gui{Developer Password} to generate a password for a freshly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          created user called "developer". The password stays valid for as long
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          the password generation dialog is open.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          Refer to the screenshot below as an example.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								          \image qtcreator-mad-developer-screenshot.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Establishing the USB Connection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Connect your device to the development PC via the USB cable. A dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    pops up asking for the mode to use. Choose \gui{PC suite mode}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you experience connection problems due to a USB port issue, switch
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     to a different port.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Connectivity
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Linux
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The device uses the IP address 192.168.2.15 with the subnet 255.255.255.0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for its USB connection by default, so you can create the network interface
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with a different address inside the same subnet too.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you have changed the IP address of the device when configuring
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Mad Developer, you need to reflect those changes in your workstation's USB
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    network settings as well.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Run the following command in a shell as root user:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                  \c{ifconfig usb0 192.168.2.14 up}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 11:36:24 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you connect the device to your Windows PC, Windows tries to install a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    driver for the Linux USB Ethernet connection. In the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Found New Hardware Wizard}, select \gui{No, not this time} in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    first dialog and \gui{Install the software automatically} in the second
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    dialog.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Open the Network Connections window. The just installed Linux USB Ethernet
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connection is now displayed as a new Local Area Connection.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Perform the same steps through the Network configuration tools available
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with the operating system.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Change the IP to be set statically and enter the following values:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  IP Address: 192.168.2.14
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  SubnetMask: 255.255.255.0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Default gateway: 192.168.2.15
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Accept these settings and close the Network Configuration. Depending on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    your version of Microsoft Windows you may have to unplug and re-plug the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    N900 to reload the driver with its configuration accordingly.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Setting Up MADDE
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After having downloaded the MADDE installer file for your platform from
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://wiki.maemo.org/MADDE}{here}, execute it and follow the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    instructions. The package will be installed. Then run:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{mad-admin list targets} to see which targets are available.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Install the target that starts with "fremantle" by using the command:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \c{mad-admin create fremantle-qt-xxx}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you have installed the target, you have a toolchain and a sysroot
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:43:29 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    environment for cross-compiling.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Set up the Qt Creator for developing Maemo applications by following the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    steps mentioned below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  \bold{Registering the MADDE Toolchain}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Qt4 > \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Click \inlineimage qtcreator-windows-add.png,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            to add a new Qt version. The \gui{qmake Location} is the qmake
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            executable in \c{<MADDE dir>/targets/<fremantle target>/bin}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qtcreator-screenshot-toolchain.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  \bold{Creating a Device Configuration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            In order to deploy applications and run them remotely, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            needs parameters for device access which you can set in device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            configurations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Qt4 >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \gui{Maemo Device Configurations} and add a new configuration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qtcreator-screenshot-devconf.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \note The password is the one MADDE Developer displays on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            device. Click \gui Test to check whether the device can be accessed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            properly. It is recommended that you use the password-based login
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            only to deploy your public SSH key to the device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            (using the \gui{Deploy Key} button) and then switch to key-based
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            authentication.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Close the dialog by clicking the \gui OK button after completion.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  \bold{Setting Build and Run Configuration}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Open a project for an application you want to develop for your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            N900. Click \gui Projects to open the projects mode. In the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \gui{Build Settings} section, choose the MADDE Qt version which you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            registered earlier:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qtcreator-screenshot-build-settings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            In the \gui{Run Settings} section, click \gui Add to add a new
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            run configuration on the Maemo device. Set a name and select the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            device configuration you created above in the popup menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            The following screenshot shows the result below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \image qtcreator-screenshot-run-settings.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  \bold{Compiling, Running and Debugging Your Application}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            You can now continue your work as if developing for any
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            other platform supported by Qt Creator: for compiling, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            will use the MADDE toolchain's cross compiler.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            When you run your application, it is automatically copied onto
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the device and executed there. Your application's windows will be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            displayed on the N900 and command-line output is visible in Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Creator's "Application output" window.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-17 19:51:26 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            Debugging also works transparently.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-developing-maemo.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-developing-symbian.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Symbian Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Getting Started with Symbian Based Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Windows is the only development platform supported at the moment. You
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    need to install the following software on your system:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://www.forum.nokia.com/main/resources/tools_and_sdks/S60SDK/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {S60 Platform SDK 3rd Edition FP1 or higher}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-01 15:31:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://www.forum.nokia.com/main/resources/technologies/openc_cpp/}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           {Open C/C++ v1.6.0 or higher}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           (install this into all S60 SDKs you plan to use Qt with).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Either the GCCE ARM Toolchain that is included in the S60 Platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           SDKs, or RVCT 2.2 [build 686] or later (which is not available free
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           of charge)(Your environment needs to find the compiler in the PATH).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt for Symbian 4.6.2 or later, installed into the S60 SDKs you want
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           to use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For deploying and running applications on the device, you need the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    following:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The Nokia USB drivers that come with \e{PC Suite} or \e{Ovi Suite}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The \l{http://tools.ext.nokia.com/trk/}{App TRK} application for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           your device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Running Qt based applications on real devices requires the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \e{qt_installer.sis} package installed on the device, that is bundled with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the binary Qt distribution.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you want to run your applications in the Symbian emulator, you also need
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to install Carbide.c++ v2.0.0 or higher.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you run Qt Creator after installing the S60 Platform SDK and Qt for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbian, the installed SDKs and their corresponding Qt versions are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically detected. For each detected S60 SDK with Qt, a special entry
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    is made in the Qt version management settings \gui{Tools} >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{Qt Versions}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note If you manually add a Qt version for Symbian, you must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    also manually specify the S60 SDK to use for this version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-win-symbian.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you want to run your applications in the Symbian emulator, you need to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    point Qt Creator to the Metrowerks Compiler that you want to use, by
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    setting the \gui{Carbide Directory} of the Qt version to the corresponding
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Carbide.c++ installation directory.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can check what S60 SDKs and corresponding Qt versions are found in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...} > \gui{Qt4} > \gui{S60 SDKs} preference
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-s60sdks.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Setting Up Your Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After installing all the prerequisites and checking the setup in Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    as described above, you need to set up your project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note The only supported build system for Qt for Symbian applications in Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator is qmake.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Before you can build your project for the Symbian platform, you need to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    create build and run configurations for it. To do this, follow the steps
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    listed below:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Open \gui{Projects} mode and make sure that your project is selected
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           at the top of the page.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select the \gui{Targets} configuration. The \gui{Targets}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           configuration page allows you to add and configure the build and run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           configurations for your project, categorized by the target platform
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           you want to build and run your application on.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \note Targets for instance can be \gui{Desktop},
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Symbian Emulator}, and \gui{Symbian Device}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Ensure that your project has a \gui{Symbian Device} entry. In case
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           you want to target the symbian emulator then your project needs to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           have \gui{Symbian Emulator} entry as well.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If one of the targets is missing in the list for your project, you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           can add a complete configuration for a new target by pressing the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \inlineimage qtcreator-qt4-addbutton.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           button and selecting the desired target from the wizard page that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           appears.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-target-tabs.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-add-target.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-target-added.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The build configuration that is created for the \gui{Symbian Device} target,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    uses the GCCE tool chain by default. If you want to build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    for the device using RVCT, select the tool chain in the \gui{General}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    section for your build configurations.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 18:15:12 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Creating Installation Packages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you build the application for the \gui{Symbian Device} target, Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Creator automatically generates a Symbian installation system (SIS) file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    in the project folder. You can deliver the installation file to users for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    installation on Symbian devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Only installation files signed with a certificate and private key are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    allowed to be installed onto Symbian devices. By default, Qt Creator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    self-signs the installation file. This self-signing allows you to install
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the application on a mobile  device but places limits on what you can do
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with the installation file, including:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Self-signed applications cannot access the more sensitive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{Capabilities and Signing}{capabilities} of the mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 18:15:12 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Security warnings will be displayed when you install the self-signed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           application on a mobile device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o  Self-signed applications cannot be distributed commercially on Ovi
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Store.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To get around these limitations, you need to go through the Symbian Signed
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    process. The Symbian Signed organisation manages a public key
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    infrastructure to provide public authentication of the information in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application signing certificates. Their security partner can validate your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certificate and give you a Publisher ID. Then, when you sign an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application, other people can be confident that the information in your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    certificate is correct and that the application does actually come from you.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    There are also options that do not require you to get a Publisher ID. For
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    more detail about how the Symbian Signed process works, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Complete_Guide_To_Symbian_Signed}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    {Complete Guide to Symbian Signed}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 18:15:12 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    When you have your own certificate and private key, you can specify them in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 18:15:12 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \gui{Create sis Package} step in your build configuration.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-signing.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-21 15:04:07 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section3 Capabilities and Signing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Capabilities allow the Symbian platform to control access by applications to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the functionality provided by the platform APIs. Access to capabilities is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    determined by the device configuration and how the application has been signed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Symbian Signed offers the following signing options depending on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    capabilities that the application accesses:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Express signed} for applications that access only user and system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        capabilities.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Certified signed} for applications that access also restricted or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        device manufacturer capabilities.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \note You need to request the rights to access device manufacturer
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        capabilities from the manufacturer.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about how to choose the appropriate signing option, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Symbian_Signed_For_Distributing_Your_Application}{Symbian Signed For Distributing Your Application}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you select a signing option that does not allow the application to access
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the defined capabilities, installing the application on mobile devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    fails. To avoid problems, only define capabilities and link libraries to a project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    if you really need them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about capabilities and how you can check which ones you
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    need, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Capabilities_(Symbian_Signed)}{Capabilities (Symbian Signed)}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on how to define capabilities for a project, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://doc.qt.nokia.com/4.7-snapshot/qmake-platform-notes.html#capabilities}{Capabilities}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running Your Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    After setting up your project as described above you build and run your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project for a specific target platform by selecting the target as the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    active one, using the target button from the left hand tool bar, and then
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    press the run button.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-select-symbian-device.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The icon in the target selector indicates if a device is currently
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connected. When Qt Creator detects a device being connected, it shows a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    green check mark.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-device-connected.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Running Your Project in the Emulator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Running your project in the emulator doesn't require special setup. Select
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target as the active one, and build and run your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    project.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Running Your Project on the Device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To run your project on a device, you first need to connect it to your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    computer through a USB cable. Qt Creator shows the current connection state
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of a device in its main toolbar, showing a red cross when no device is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-30 13:46:39 +03:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connected, or a green check mark when a device is connected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-device-notconnected.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \image qtcreator-qt4-symbian-device-connected.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The tool tip of the target button shows more details about the actual
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    device that will be used when you run your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Start the \gui{App TRK} application on your device and press the run button
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    to create a package for your application, deploy, install and run it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    automatically on your device.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the details of the run configuration for the \gui{Symbian Device} target
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    you can select a specific device to run your application on, if you have
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    multiple devices connected simultaneously to your computer. If you only
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    connect a single device, this will automatically be chosen for running your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-13 10:57:53 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Troubleshooting
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot build the application, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o You selected the Symbian Device target for building the application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The settings for the Qt version you use to build your project are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           correct. The path to the S60 SDK must point to the S60 SDK
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           installation directory.  Select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           > \gui Debugger > \gui{Symbian TRK} and check if it points to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           debugger toolchain.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot run the application in the emulator, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o You selected the \gui{Symbian Emulator} target for your application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o If the emulator process cannot be started, try closing Qt Creator and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           starting the application directly from your file manager. Having
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           done this, Qt Creator should be able to run your projects in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           emulator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you cannot run the application on a device, check if:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-26 13:01:19 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The device is connected through the USB cable in \e{PC Suite} mode.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui{App TRK} is running on the device, using the USB connection,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           with the status \e connected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The device is detected and selected in the run configuration
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           details.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If this does not help to solve your problem, search the qt-creator@trolltech.com
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    mailing list archives or provide feedback to us via the methods described on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 18:47:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/pages/Home}{Qt Creator Development Wiki}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-version-control.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Adding Qt Designer Plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     You can use Qt APIs to create plugins that extend Qt applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     This allows you to add your own widgets to \QD.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The most flexible way to include a plugin with an application is to compile it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     into a dynamic library that is shipped separately, and detected and loaded at runtime.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The applications can detect plugins that are stored in the standard plugin
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     subdirectories. For more information on how to create and locate plugins and to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     change the default plugin path, see \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     For more information about how to create plugins for \QD, see
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \l{http://doc.trolltech.com/4.6/designer-using-custom-widgets.html}{Creating and Using Components for Qt Designer}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-01 14:42:51 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Locating Qt Designer Plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \QD fetches plugins from the standard locations and loads the plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     that match its build key. \QD is delivered both as a standalone application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 13:16:36 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     and as part of the SDK, where it is integrated into Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-05 12:50:58 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The correct folder to place the plugins depends on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     which one you use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The integrated \QD fetches plugins from the \c {%SDK%\bin\designer} folder on Windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     and Linux and \c {QtCreator.app/Contents/MacOS/designer} folder on Mac. To check which plugins
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     were loaded successfully and which failed, choose \gui{Tools > Form Editor >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     About Qt Designer Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The standalone \QD is part of the Qt library used for building projects,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     located under \c {%SDK%\qt}. Therefore, it fetches plugins from the following folder:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \c {%SDK%\qt\plugins\designer}. To check which plugins were loaded successfully and which
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     failed, choose \gui{Help > About Plugins}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \section1 Matching Build Keys
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     The Qt Creator that is included in pre-built SDK packages on Windows is built with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Microsoft Visual Studio compiler, whereas the version of Qt shipped for building applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     is configured and built to use the MinGW/g++ compiler. Plugins built by using this version of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Qt cannot be loaded by Qt Creator because the build-keys do not match. The plugins can only be
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     used in the standalone version of \QD. Choose \gui{Help > About Qt Creator} to check
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     the Qt version Qt Creator was built with.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     To use \QD plugins that were built for the shipped Qt version, make sure that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     Qt Creator is built with the same compiler by either recompiling Qt Creator using MinGW or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     recompiling Qt with Microsoft Visual Studio, depending on which configuration you want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     use for your applications.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-developing-symbian.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-usability.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-debugging.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Developing Usable Applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Before starting application development, analyze and define the requirements, scope, and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    functionality of the application to ensure efficient functionality and a smooth user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    experience. Design the application for a single purpose and analyze how it can best serve
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    its users. Mobile devices have been designed for use when mobile. Keep the characteristics
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    of mobile devices in mind when you create applications for them.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following guidelines help you design and develop usable applications for mobile devices
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    with varying characteristics, such as screen size and support for input methods:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Know your users
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Find out who will use the application, what they will use it for,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        and which mobile devices they have. Then design the application to fit a specific context
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        of use.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Design for small screens
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The screen size of mobile devices is significantly smaller
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        than that available on desktop devices. Carefully consider what is the most relevant
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        content to present on the application UI, as it might not be reasonable to try and fit as
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        much content into the screen as you might have in a desktop application.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for multiple screen sizes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Relate the position and size of each control to the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       dimensions of the display. This enables the same set of information to be presented on the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       screen in all resolutions; higher resolution devices just display finer graphics.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for changing screen orientation
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Some devices support screen rotation. On these
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       devices, applications can be displayed in portrait or landscape orientation. Account for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       orientation and dynamically adjust the display when the screen is rotated.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design intuitive ways of moving within applications
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Mobile devices lack a mouse and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       full-size keyboard, so users must use the touch screen or five way navigation pad to move within
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       applications. In addition, many users control the devices with one hand. To create an optimized user
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       experience, allow users to access information with one click; do not make them scroll and type.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Design for limited input methods
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Applications collect information from users on the task
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       at hand. In addition to touch screen input, some devices contain physical keys such
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       as a five way navigation pad, a keypad, and a keyboard. Users enter information by using screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       controls, such as lists, check boxes, radio buttons, and text fields.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Keep response times short
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Latency can cause delays in user interaction. If users perceive
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       an application as being slow, they are likely to get frustrated and stop using it.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Save battery time
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Mobile devices are not constantly connected to a power source but run on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       battery power. Optimize power consumption to keep the total consumption at an acceptable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       level and to prevent users from running out of battery time.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Consider network issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       If users do not have a flat-rate data plan or WLAN support, mobile
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       network connections cost them money. Also, when users move around with the devices, the networks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       available for connections constantly change.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \o Remember the processing limits of the device
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       The memory available on devices is limited
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       and you should use it carefully. Although all mobile devices have common functionality,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       each device is individual in terms of both the resources available and extra features.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       Therefore, you must consider the constraints of all the target devices.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       For more information about user experience techniques for mobile devices, see the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       \l{http://library.forum.nokia.com/topic/Design_and_User_Experience_Library/GUID-A8DF3EB8-E97C-4DA0-95F6-F464ECC995BC_cover.html}{Design and User Experience Library}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								       on Forum Nokia.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								 */
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 14:46:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-11 14:08:30 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage adding-plugins.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Tips and Tricks
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Switching between modes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator uses different modes for different purposes. You can quickly
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    switch between these modes with the following keyboard shortcuts:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Welcome mode \key Ctrl+1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Edit mode \key Ctrl+2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 18:10:17 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Design mode \key Ctrl+3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Debug mode \key Ctrl+4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Projects mode \key Ctrl+5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \gui Help mode \key Ctrl+6
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information about Qt Creator modes, see \l {Qt Creator Modes}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving Between Open Files
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To quickly move between currently open files, press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Ctrl+Tab.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-13 18:00:54 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving To the Edit Mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 15:58:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move to the \gui Edit mode and currently active file, press
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \key Esc.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-08-03 15:58:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If you already are in the \gui Edit mode:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The first press moves focus to the editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The second press closes secondary windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using the Filter in Options Dialog
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To find specific settings you require in \gui{Tools} > \gui{Options...}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    use the filter located at the top left of the Options dialog box.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Using Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}{many useful keyboard shortcuts}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 16:22:20 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To customize, import or export keyboard shortcuts, select \gui Tools >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Options... > \gui Environment > \gui Keyboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Running Qt Creator From Command Line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    You can launch Qt Creator from command line using the name of an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    existing session or \c .pro file by giving the name as the command
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    argument.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For example, running \tt{qtcreator somesession}, launches Qt Creator and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    loads session somesession.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \note Make sure Qt Creator is included in the PATH environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    This can be done by typing the following in the command line:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \code
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    set PATH=c:\qtsdk\mingw\bin;c:\qtsdk\qt\bin;%PATH%
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endcode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Showing and Hiding the Sidebar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To toggle the sidebar in the \gui Edit and \gui Debug modes, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    or press \key Alt+0 (\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-10 12:28:05 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on using the sidebar, see \l {Browsing Project Contents}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Moving To Symbols
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To move straight to a symbol used in a project, select the symbol in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \gui Editor toolbar drop-down menu.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    For more information on the editor toolbar,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-25 16:33:38 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    see \l {Using the Editor Toolbar}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Displaying Signals and Slots
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If an instance of a class is derived from QObject, and you would like to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    find all other objects connected to one of your object's slots using
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt's signals and slots mechanism, select \gui Tools > \gui Options...
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-24 17:30:47 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    > \gui{Debugger} > \gui{Debugging Helper} > \gui{Use Debugging Helper}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-05 15:24:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    In the \gui{Locals and Watchers} view, expand the object's entry and open
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    the slot in the \e slots subitem. The objects connected to this slot are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    shown as children of the slot. This method works with signals too.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Displaying Low Level Data
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-30 14:25:06 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    If special debugging of Qt objects fails due to data corruption within the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    debugged objects, you can switch off the debugging helpers. When debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    helpers are switched off low-level structures become visible.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To switch off the debugging helpers:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options... > \gui Debugger >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui{Debugging Helper}.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Uncheck the \gui{Use debugging helper} checkbox.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 15:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-tips.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator provides various keyboard shortcuts to speed up your development
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    process.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Configuring Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    To customize a keyboard shortcut:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Environment >
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Keyboard.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Select an action from the list.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o In \gui{Key Sequence} enter the shortcut key you want to associate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           with the selected action.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator allows you to use different keyboard shortcut mapping schemes:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To import a keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click \gui Import
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           and select the kms file containing keyboard shortcut mapping scheme
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           you want to import.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o To export the current keyboard shortcut mapping scheme, click
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \gui Export and select the location where you want to save the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           exported kms file.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Default Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The following tables list the default keyboard shortcuts. They are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    categorized by actions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 General Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Open file or project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o New file or project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+N
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Open in external editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+V, Alt+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Cut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Paste
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Redo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Y
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Save
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Save all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Close window
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-06 17:09:27 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Close all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go back
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Left
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go forward
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Right
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Next open document in history
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Tab
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Goto other split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Previous open document in history
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Tab
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Locator
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+K
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Welcome mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Edit mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Design mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Debug mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Projects mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 13:00:02 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch to \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+6
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Build Issues} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Search Results} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 22:05:38 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Application Output} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-12 21:50:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle \gui{Compile Output} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Bookmarks pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui{File System} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Y
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui{Open Documents} pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate \gui Projects pane
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+X
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Full screen
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle the sidebar
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+0 (Cmd+0 on Mac OS X)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Undo
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Z
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move to \gui Edit mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               In \gui Edit mode:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o The first press moves focus to the editor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \o The second press closes secondary windows
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Esc
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Editing Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Auto-indent selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Collapse
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+<
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Expand
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+>
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Trigger a completion in this scope
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Space
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy line down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Alt+Down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Copy line up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Alt+Up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Cut line
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+Del
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Decrease font size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+- (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel down)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Increase font size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl++ (Ctrl+Roll mouse wheel up)
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle vim-style editing
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+V, Alt+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Split side by side
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remove all splits
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Remove current split
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, 0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block end
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+]
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block start
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+[
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block end with selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to block start with selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+{
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move current line down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Down
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Move current line up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+Up
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Trigger a quick fix in this scope
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+Return
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Rewrap paragraph
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Select the current block
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               The second press extends the selection to the parent block
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Enable text wrapping
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+W
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle comment for selection
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Visualize whitespace
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+E, Ctrl+V
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Delete
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Del
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Adjust size
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+J
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out in a grid
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+G
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out horizontally
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+H
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Lay out vertically
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Preview
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Alt+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit signals and slots
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit widgets
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F3
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to next bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Go to previous bookmark
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Fetch snippet
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+F
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Paste snippet
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+P
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Find usages
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Follow symbol under cursor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               Works with namespaces, classes, methods, variables, include
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								               statements and macros
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Rename symbol under cursor
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch between method declaration and definition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F2
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Switch between header and source file
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Debugging Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Start debugging
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Stop or interrupt debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Reset debugger
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+F5
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step over
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F10
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step into
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Step out
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Shift+F11
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Toggle breakpoint
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F9
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Project Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Build project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Build all
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o New project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+Shift+N
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Run
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Help Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Keyboard shortcut
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o View context-sensitive help
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o F1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate contents in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+T
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Add bookmark in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+M
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate index in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+I
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Reset font size in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Activate search in \gui Help mode
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Ctrl+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section2 Version Control Keyboard Shortcuts
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-04 12:42:14 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {1,2} Action
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o {5,1} Version control system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o CVS
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Git
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Perforce
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Subversion
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Mercurial
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Add
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+S, Alt+A
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Commit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+C
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+C, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+S, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Blame
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+B
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Log
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+F
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+L
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Log project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+K
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Status
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+H, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Undo changes
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+U
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Diff project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+G, Alt+Shift+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+D
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Edit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+E
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Opened
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+O
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Revert
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+R
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Submit
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o Alt+P, Alt+S
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-23 14:46:45 +05:30 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-15 15:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-acknowledgements.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Glossary
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \table
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \header
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Term
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Meaning
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-12 18:42:08 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Qt in PATH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-system-qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-12 18:42:08 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  This is the Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                version for the \c qmake command found in your \c PATH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 12:55:07 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                environment variable.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                This is likely to be the system's Qt version.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Default Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-default-qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  The version of Qt configured in \gui{Tools > Options... > Qt 4
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                > Default Qt Version}. This is the Qt version used by your
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                new projects. It defaults to the Qt in PATH.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Project Qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-project-qt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  The version of Qt configured in \gui{Build&Run > Build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Settings > Build Configurations}. This is the Qt version that
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                is actually used by a particular project. It defaults to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Default Qt.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \row
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \raw HTML
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Shadow build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 11:59:45 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \endraw
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                \target glossary-shadow-build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            \o  Shadow building means building a project in a separate
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                directory, the \e{build directory}. The build directory is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                different from the source directory. One of the benefits of
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                shadow building is that it keeps your source directory clean.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                Shadow building is the best practice if you need many build
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								                configurations for a single set of source.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endtable
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-keyboard-shortcuts.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-known-issues.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \nextpage creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Known Issues
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    There are some known issues with Qt Creator.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    The development team is aware of them, there is no need to report them as bugs.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-31 18:06:02 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Known Issues of Version 1.3.84
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 17:44:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-09 12:50:52 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o On Windows, debugging a MinGW-built console application (with \gui{Run in terminal}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           checked) using gdb does not work due to a bug in gdb related to attaching to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           stopped processes (see \l{http://bugreports.qt.nokia.com/browse/QTCREATORBUG-1020}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Debugging Helper does not work while performing On-Device Debugging.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 17:44:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o QML Preview (Run Project) only works if built against Qt with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 17:44:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Declarative UI.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Setting breakpoints in code that is compiled into the binary more
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           than once does not work.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o On Linux and Windows, installing Qt with one user account and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 18:27:39 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        then using it with another requires other users to manually set
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        the Qt version. On Windows, setting the MinGW location is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        required as well. The same applies to the location of GDB for Symbian.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        A workaround is to copy %APPDATA%/Nokia/qtcreator.ini (Windows) or
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        $HOME/.config/Nokia/QtCreator.ini (Linux) from the directory
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        of the user who installed Qt Creator to the other user.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        This issue does not exist on Mac OS X.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-02 18:27:39 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-10-09 17:44:43 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Known Issues of Version 1.2.0 and 1.2.1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Gdb on Windows may not work if the 'Embassy \reg Security Center' software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           by 'Wave \reg Systems' is installed and active (causing crashes in \c{vxvault.dll)}).
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 15:59:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Only simple data types (POD) work in the Watch Window of CDB.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-06-17 15:59:32 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Qt Creator uses SQLite for storing some of its settings. SQLite is
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           known to have problems with certain NFS servers (most notably the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           nfs-user-server 2.2beta), since they can lock up the application
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           when it tries to lock the database. If your home directory is on an
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           NFS share and you encounter this issue, one option would be to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           switch to the nfs-kernel-server, or create a symlink so that the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           settings are stored locally.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:31:12 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-05-28 15:48:16 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Known Issues of Version 1.1.0
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Paths or file names containing spaces or special characters, e.g.,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           colons, dollar signs, hash marks etc. may cause problems. This
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           is because some of the tools Qt Creator uses in the background have
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           restrictions on the characters allowed in file and directory names.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-04 14:15:13 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           To be on the safe side, we recommend creating projects and project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           items with names consisting of plain characters, numbers,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           underscores, and hyphens.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \c{.pro} files are reformatted if files have been added or removed.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Whitespace is not preserved.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o There is no IDE support for adding files to include (\c .pri) files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o There is no IDE support for adding/removing sub-projects. Project
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           hierarchies (SUBDIRS template) have to be created manually.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The file system sidebar does not update automatically. As a
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           workaround, switch to another directory and then back.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Loading KDE4 designer plugins breaks the style in KDE < 4.2.1
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           due to a bug in KDE.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-16 17:01:25 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o The DEFINES and INCLUDES set in \c{.pro} files are not dealt with
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           on a file-specific level. Because of this, handling of DEFINES has
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           been disabled completely. Also the \c{.qmake.cache} is not being
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           parsed. In general, the \c{.pro} file parser is incomplete and
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           problems are still to be expected.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Code completion for generated UI header files is updated only
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           after a build.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Code completion does not support typedefs for nested classes.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o There is a kernel bug essentially making debugging unreliable on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           2.6.24 kernels for i386 (which is, unfortunately, the default on
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           Ubuntu 8.04). See
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           \l{https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gdb/+bug/230315/} for
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           details. The only solution to this problem is to boot another
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           kernel.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Gdb may take long to load debugging symbols, especially from large
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           libraries like \c libQtWebKit. Starting the debugging module can
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           take up to several minutes without visible progress.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-03 15:41:03 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Setting breakpoints in files that do not have unique absolute
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           paths may fail. For example, remounting parts of a file system
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           using the --bind mount option.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-17 16:33:42 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o There is no syntax highlighting for \c CMake project files.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 14:43:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Project files included from \c{CMakeLists.txt} are not shown in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           navigation tree.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Using the Visual Studio Compiler with \c CMake is not supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 14:43:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Creating new \c CMake projects with Qt Creator is not supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 14:43:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Having more than one build directory for \c CMake is not supported.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 14:43:41 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-04-01 17:48:05 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o Changing the build directory for \c CMake after the initial import
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								           is disabled.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-11-23 18:03:15 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2008-12-02 12:01:29 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-03-31 17:48:14 +02:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								/*!
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \contentspage index.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-23 16:53:00 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \previouspage creator-glossary.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \page creator-acknowledgements.html
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \title Acknowledgements
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \section1 Third-party Components
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    Qt Creator contains the following third-party components:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{Open Source front-end for C++ (license MIT)}, enhanced for use in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 12:00:39 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Qt Creator.\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Roberto Raggi <roberto.raggi@gmail.com>\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        QtCreator/src/shared/cplusplus\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{Botan, a C++ crypto library. Version 1.8.8}\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2004 The Botan Project. All rights reserved.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Jack Lloyd
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2001 Peter J Jones
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2004-2007 Justin Karneges
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2005 Matthew Gregan
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2005-2006 Matt Johnston
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2006 Luca Piccarreta
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Yves Jerschow
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 FlexSecure GmbH
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Technische Universitat Darmstadt
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Falko Strenzke
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007-2008 Martin Doering
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Manuel Hartl
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Christoph Ludwig
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o  2007 Patrick Sona
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        All rights reserved.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        met:\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) OR CONTRIBUTOR(S) BE
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-20 12:14:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The source code of Botan C++ crypto library can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        here:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								    \o  \bold{NetSieben SSH Library is a Secure Shell client library for C++.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								         Version 1.3.2}\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Commercial License:} For organizations who do not want to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            release the source code for their applications as open source/
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            free software; in other words they do not want to comply with the
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            GNU General Public License (GPL) or Q Public License.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \bold{Non Commercial / Open Source License:} NetSieben believes in
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            contributing back to the open source community, thus it has released
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            the SSH Library under Q Public License as it is defined by Trolltech
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            AS of Norway. The Open Source License allows the user to use software
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            under an open source / free software license, and distribute it
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            freely. The software can be used at no charge with the condition
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            that if the user uses the SSH Library in an application they wish to
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            redistribute, then the complete source code for your application must
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            be available and freely redistributable under reasonable conditions.
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-29 22:49:55 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            For more information on the used QPL License see:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								            QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty/net7ssh/LICENSE.QPL
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-20 12:14:28 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist\br\br
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        The source code of NetSieben Secure Shell C++ Library can be found
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        here:
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \list
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-13 12:30:31 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								        \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
							 
							
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								     \endlist
							 
						 
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-02-27 10:32:10 +01:00 
										
									 
								 
							 
							
								
									
										 
								
							 
							
								 
							
							
								*/